Home

User Manual - iStorage Networks

1. e iti KA J 5 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 6 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 7 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing and replacing consumable parts Replacement of consumable parts is your responsibility If IBM installs a consumable part at your request you will be charged for the installation The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware 216 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warra
2. 2 O Jz System fan a Q ih connector BE B IDE Power 1 BE 3 Power 3 Microprocessor Q w Battery Front panel O connector i Power 4 Front USB f connector 7 SATA 5 USB tape drive connector SATA4 SATA3 SATA2 SATA1 SATAO DIMM4 DIMM3 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on To install a DIMM on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Carefully turn the server
3. TPM initialization a O D m TPM physical P IP acl i presence jumper E JP10 A a l Microprocessor Clean CMOS w jumper JP1 af eee f o Tis jumper JP11 b BIOS boot backup aaa lied AN a 4 a za D jumper P2 g o C N DIMM 1 slot DIMM 2 slot ME flash ME recovery DIMM 4slot DIMM 3slot override jumper JP8 jumper JP9 Remove any adapter that impede access to the boot block recovery jumper JP2 see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 Move the BIOS boot backup jumper JP2 from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery mode Reinstall any adapter that you removed before see Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 Reinstall the server cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded Perfo
4. LED i on Jt Be d a Standby Power ack LED RTMM ini m GBH GE Hearbeat LED _ p o n n om Microprocessor l iO 6 error LED O I O i O i cl i Bg ale A i o of DIMM 1 4 ii errorLEDs Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed 18 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board Table 3 System board LEDs DIMM error LEDs A memory DIMM has failed or is incorrectly installed Microprocessor CPU error LED Microprocessor has failed is missing or has been incorrectly installed Note Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is installed in the correct sequence see Installing al a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 heat sink on page 254 System board error LED System board CPU VRD and or power voltage regulators have failed IMM heartbeat LED In
5. 17 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket into place so that the hole in the opposite hinge point snaps into place over the hinge pin on the chassis 18 Connect any required cables to the adapter Route the cables so that they do not block the flow of air from the system fan 19 Install the air duct 20 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 21 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 180 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 22 23 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Note To support Windows 2011 SBS on Brocade adapters need to use at least 3 0 0 0 driver package or later version To install a replacement ServeRAID adapter on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 10 11 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Check the instructions that come with the adapter for any requirements restrictions or cabling instructions It might be easier to route cables before you install the adapter Follow the instructions tha
6. Ethernet link status LED Ethernet connector 1 Ethernet transmit receive activity LED Ethernet link status LED Ethernet connector 2 Ethernet transmit receive activity LED The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the rear of the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x AC Power LED DC power LED Fault error LED Serial Com1 Video USB 1 and 2 USB 3 and 4 Power connectors Pi As ING s D N o QI B Power connector Connect the power cord to this connector 14 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Ethernet connectors Ethernet link status LED Ethernet transmit receive activity LED AC power LED This green LED provides status information about the power supply During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit DC power LED This green LED provides status information about the power supply During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit Fault error LED When this yellow LED is lit it indi
7. O Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install the upper bezel see Installing the upper bezel on page 175 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install the and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the rear adapter retention bracket This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x 236 To remove the rear adapter retention bracket on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Carefully turn the server on its side so that i
8. 6 Connect the fan cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the rear fan connector 7 Install Fa adapters that you removed see Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 8 Install the air duct Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 213 9 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 10 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 11 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 12 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the hard disk drive fan duct This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Attention e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To remove the hard disk drive fan duct on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 2 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Unfasten the rete
9. 10 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to yOu Installing the non hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Statement 8 A A CAUTION Never Remove the server top cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician To install a non hot swap power supply on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Remove the air duct 2 Remove the heat sink see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 3 Position the power supply in the chassis so that the screw holes in the power supply are aligned with the corresponding holes in the rear of the chassis 242 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Note Make sure the top and the bottom of the power supply align with the upper and lower tabs on the opening Install the screws that secure the power supply to
10. 10 Remove the backplate IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 218 SI A m sf N w AALL N 1 LD Er If you are instructed to return the simple swap backplate follow all packaging 11 instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the simple swap backplate This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies To install the simple swap backplate on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Press and hold the drive cage release latches to pull the drive cage out Cage release latches 219 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 2 Align the bottom edge of the simple swap backplate between the tabs and the bottom edge of the drive cage and then rotate the simple swap backplate toward the drive cage Ve R 2 Q Sg Y yy a 3 Make sure the tabs on the simple swap backplate are on the left of the upper drive cage tabs and then push the backplate till the end rr ee OY EN WO eo ZN Z2IN NEO VA oe
11. jumper JP11 BIOS boot backup fm 2 He E jumper JP2 o 5 C 1 slot DIMM 2 slot ME flash ME recovery DIMM 4slot DIMMS8slot override jumper JP8 jumper JP9 Chapter 2 Introduction 19 Table 4 System board jumpers If no jumper is present the Clear CMOS jumper BIOS boot backup boot block jumper ME recovery jumper ME flash override jumper TPM physical presence jumper TPM initialization jumper IMM SPI half ROM enable Low security_N jumper server responds as default Pins 1 and 2 Keep CMOS data default Pins 2 and 3 Clear CMOS data Pins 1 and 2 Boot from primary BIOS page default Pins 2 and 3 Boot from backup BIOS page Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Pins 2 and 3 Activate ME recovery Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Pins 2 and 3 Override ME flash Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Pins 2 and 3 Pull down TPM Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Pins 2 and 3 Initiate TPM Pins 1 and 2 Disabled Pins 2 and 3 Enable IMM SPI half ROM default Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Pins 2 and 3 Activate low security Changing the position of the boot block jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 for 5 seconds before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem If a message is shown indicating that your Trusted Platfo
12. Cage release latches Note Make sure the backplate is already installed on the disk drive cage see Installing the simple swap backplate on page 219 Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the non hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies When you remove or install a non hot swap power supply on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies observe the following precautions Statement 8 A A Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 239 CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician 240 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide To remove a non hot swap power supply on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii
13. WK LU pe N NN Ze 4 Slide the disk drive cage into the opening in the front of the server till half in 220 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 5 Connect the hard disk drive power cables to the backplate connector P3 to bay 3 connector P4 to bay 4 connector P5 to bay 5 and connector P6 to bay 6 6 Connect the hard disk drive signal cables to the SATA connectors on the backplate connector 0 to bay 3 connector 1 to bay 4 connector 2 to bay 5 and connector 3 to bay 6 7 Connect the hard disk drive signal cables to the SATA connectors on the system board or the connector on the adapter if one is installed Note In the LSI RAID utility SATA 1 represents hard disk drive in drive ba two and SATA 2 represents hard disk drive in drive bay one see Installing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 196 The following illustrations shows the SATA connectors on the system board HDD 3 SATA 3 HDD 2 SATA 1 HDD 1 SATA 2 HDD 0 SATA 0 8 Secure the cables with the retention clips Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 221 9 Press hard disk drive cage in until the release latches click into place Cage release latches 10 Install
14. DVD drive activity LED green DVD eject button USB 1 USB 2 DVD drive activity JMi LED green Se DVD eject button Power on LED Front information panel Simple swap hard disk drive O I Chapter 2 Introduction 11 The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the front of the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Hard disk drive activity LED Power control button System error LED Power on LED DVD eject Front information 1 gt button pang 7 jusz o gL z USB 1 DVD drive M ae activity LED green Po or TE o oo o m o All l
15. Hard disk drive status LED some models NY eaea a ua ea AIA Hard disk drive aa A LED some models oy O oO U B V O O AP ott Power control button and power on LED Press this button to turn the server on and off manually The states of the power on LED are as follows 12 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Off AC power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed Flashing rapidly 4 times per second The server is partially on but not ready to be fully turned on The power control button is disabled This will last approximately 1 to 3 minutes Flashing slowly once per second The server is ready to be turned on You can press the power control button to turn on the server Lit The server is turned on Hard disk drive activity LED When this LED is flashing it indicates that the associated hard disk drive is in use System error LED When this yellow LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred An LED on the system board might also be lit to help isolate the error SeqChapter 3 Diagnostics on page 23 for additional information USB connectors Connect USB devices to these connectors DVD eject button Press this button to release a CD or DVD from the DVD drive DVD drive activity LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the DVD drive is in use Hot swap hard disk drive activity LED some model
16. Remove the EMC filler Push the drive into the bay Drive retainer clip Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 193 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Connect one end of the applicable signal cable into the rear of the drive and make sure that the other end of this cable is connected into the applicable connector on the system board Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules DIMMs Connect the power cable to the rear of the drive The connectors are keyed and can be inserted only one way Install the upper bezel see Installing the upper bezel on page 175 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing a simple swap hard disk drive This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install a simple swap hard disk drive To remove a simple swap SATA hard disk drive on 4U server models that have non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Read the safety informati
17. 163 Installation guidelines eee ee ee 168 System reliability guidelines woe ee we ew ew ew ww 164 Working inside the server with the power OW a aw 4 ee ee oe a TOO Handling static sensitive devices 165 Returning a device or component toe ew ew ee 165 Removing and replacing consumable parts and Tier 1 CRUs on w ar ew amp 160 Removing the side cover 2 ew ee ee ee eee 166 Installing the side cover 1 ee ee eee 167 Removing the bezel 2 0 ee ee ee ee ee 169 Installing the bezel a ee ee ee 171 Removing the lower bezel 2 2 2 2 171 Installing the lower bezel a ee ee ee 178 Removing the upper bezel 2 2 174 Installing the upper bezel 2 2 175 Removing a ServeRAID adapter 2 176 Installing a ServeRAID adapter 2 178 Removing and installing internal drives 182 Removing a memory module 200 Installing a memory module 2 2 208 Removing the system battery 207 Installing the system battery 209 Removing the rear system fan 2 2 2 2 211 Installing the rear system fan 2 2 2 218 Removing the hard disk drive fan duct 214 Installing the hard
18. Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 251 Alignment marks Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor release lever System board 8 Open the microprocessor bracket frame by lifting up the tab on the top edge 9 Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket and place it on a Static protective surface 10 If you are instructed to return the microprocessor and heat sink follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove the microprocessor and heat sink on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the open unlocked position 6 Remove the heat sink from the microprocessor Attention The heat sink may become very hot during normal operation Allow time for the heat sink t
19. e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010c 2581xxxx Memory uncorrectable error detected for One of the DIMMs or All DIMMs A memory uncorrectable error has occurred 48 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 203 for memory population If the problem follows the DIMM replace the failing DIMM Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removi
20. Windows 2008R2 SP1 64bit Support uEFI Windows 2008R2 SP1 64bit Support with disk partitions Support with limitation legacy less than 2 TB Windows 2008 SP2 64bit Support uEFI Windows 2008 SP2 64bit Support with disk partitions Support with limitation legacy less than 2 TB Windows 2008 SP2 32bit Support with disk partitions Support with limitation legacy less than 2 TB RHEL 5 6 64bit legacy RHEL Do not support partition not Do not support 5 6 32bit legacy allowed RHEL 5 6 64bit legacy RHEL Do not support partition not Do not support 5 6 32bit legacy allowed SLES10 SP4 64bit legacy Support with disk partitions Support with limitation less than 2 TB SLES10 SP4 32bit legacy Support with disk partitions Support with limitation less than 2 TB Note 3TB hard disk drives are not supported in OS 4690 Table 13 ServeRAID support limitation on 3TB HDD ServeRAID adapter Support limitation ServeRAID M5014 Support 3TB HDD Virtual Support disk supports up to 12TB ServeRAID M1015 Support 3TB HDD Virtual Support disk supports up to 12TB ServeRAID BR1Oil Virtual disk only supports up LSI chip limitation Support to 8TB with limitaton ServeRAID H1110 Support 3TB HDD Virtual Support disk supports up to 12TB ServeRAID C100 Support 3TB HDD Virtual Support disk supports up to 12TB Removing a hot swap hard disk drive This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4
21. that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 0058008 DIMM failed memory test Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 203 3 If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM seq Removing a memory module and Installing a memory module on page 203 4 Trained service technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 5 Trained service technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installin
22. Error A predictive failure 1 Replace the hard drive n 806f020d 0401xxxx a predictive failure n has been detected 806f020d 0402xxxx hard disk drive number for drive n n n hard disk drive number 806f020d 0403xxxx 806f020d 0404xxxx 806f020d 0405xxxx hard disk drive number 806f020d 0406xxxx 806f020d 0407xxxx 54 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f050d 0400xxxx Array 1 is in critical Error An array is ina Make sure that the RAID adapter 806f050d 0401xxxx condition 1 Critical state firmware and hard disk drive 806f050d 0402xxxx CIM_ComputerSystem Sensor Drive n firmware is at the latest level 806f050d 0403xxxx ElementName Status n hard 806f050d 0404xxxx disk drive number Make sure that the SAS cable is 806f050d 0405xxxx connected correctly 806f050d 0406xxxx Replace the SAS cable 806f050d 0407xxxx Replace the RAID adapter Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED 806f060d 0405xxxx 806f060d 0406xxxx 806f060d 0407xxxx connected correctly Replace the SAS cable Replace the RAID adapter Replace the hard disk drive that is
23. Run the DSA program Reseat the adapter see Removing a ServeRAID adapter lon page 176 and Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 Replace the adapter Trained technician onl microprocessor see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink ion page 250 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Trained technician onl t he system board see the system board on page 258 on page 267 Make sure that the fans are operating There are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor is installed correctly Trained service technician only Replace microprocessor see heat sink on page 254 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 43 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0507 0301xxxx The Processor CPU A processor 1 Check the CPU Mismatch LED Status has a configuration See more information about the Configuration Mismatch mismatch has CPU mismatch LED in occurred System board LEDs on page 18 2 Check for a server firmware update I
24. ee ss ss 86 Microprocessor problems 4 2 2 86 Monitor or video problems 4 2 2 2 we 87 Optional device problems 2 ee ee ee ee BY Power problems 2 ee ee ee ee ee YO Serial port problems a ee GA ServerGuide problems 1 ee ee ee ee ee GI Software problems soe oa a ee a ee ee a Universal Serial Bus USB port problems n S T E Diagnostic programs and messages a 94 Copyright IBM Corp 2012 iii Running the diagnostic programs 94 Diagnostic text messages 2 ee eee ee ee GSH Viewing the test log 1 we ee ee ee 95 Diagnostic messages 2 ee ee ee ee ee OH Recovering the server firmware a 2 2 2 2 142 Automated boot recovery ABR 2 4 144 Three boot failure a ee ee eee 144 Solving power problems se ee eee oe ee oe ae oe Solving Ethernet controller problems Seo sd eke be oe eG mS mG 146 Solving undetermined problems 2 2 4 147 Problem determination tips eee ee 148 Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 opaa 2582 2 2 151 Replaceable server components R bot Product recovery CDs a a a a a ee ee ee ee ee 159 Power cords a a we ee 2 we we a 159 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components
25. power supply number 1 Reseat the power supply and then restart the server 2 Replace the power supply n n power supply number 1 Reseat the power supply and then restart the server 2 Replace the power supply n n power supply number Check the LEDs for both power supplies Removing the system battery on page 207 and Installing the system Removing the system battery on page 207 and Installing the system battery on page 209 Trained service technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained service technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 41 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010902 0701xxxx 80010202 0701xxxx 80010902 0701xxxx 80010202 0701xxxx Numeric sensor Planar 5V going high upper critical has asserted Error An upper critical sensor going high has asserted Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted Error An upper critical sensor going high
26. systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto Awww ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a r
27. 7000 ft to 3050 m 10000 ft Server off 10 C to 43 C 50 F to 109 4 F Shipping 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Humidity operating and storage 8 to 80 Particulate contamination Attention Airborne particulates and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server For information about the limits for particulates and gases see contamination on page 299 Heat output Approximate heat output Minimum configuration 341 Btu per hour 100 watts Maximum configuration 1726 Btu per hour 506 watts Electrical input Sine wave input 50 or 60 Hz required Input voltage and frequency ranges automatically selected Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kilovolt amperes kVA approximately Minimum 0 100 kVA all models Maximum 0 506 kVA Chapter 2 Introduction 9 Table 2 Features and specifications for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F 4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 1 continued Expansion slots Acoustical noise emissions e One PCI Express x16 slot e Sound power idling 5 0 bels e One PCI Express x8 slot e Sound power operating 5 3 bels 1 Power consumption and heat output e One PCI Express x4 slot
28. Carefully lift the system board out of the server 13 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Attention Make sure to place the socket covers for the microprocessor sockets on the system board before returning the system board Installing the system board Notes 1 When you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 261 2 When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you Updating the firmware on page 267 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on page 286 and Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 289 for more information Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code To install the system board on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap powe
29. Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number O eoe SP O femps ooo S feae apsara Pcie ca EWC snoa osse OOO O O ewen O O OO o S O sereRAiDRiOiv2 SASIGATA conor svr O ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA Controller Battery not 46C8927 included a ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA Controller 46C8929 Sy Ps ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA Controller 46C8931 i i ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller Battery not 46C8933 included system senicelabel SSSS S SC fsnewt Sd P BotomcoverSSCS S S S Ces fT E Ces fT e GSS O owens o S misceteneous haraware orra loms TNenreme 1 Quad Ponadaper ovs O neweme Dual Ponape o S Emulex 1660 Srge Pon Adopter emess emue 1660 DuarPon Adapter l emes OoOO o OO Brocade 16Gb SrgePon Adapter lemen oOo Brocade 18Gb DuarPon aater lemese o awoon ooe S Teb Performance Opimizea nsa wor O koomen a o Ki Retainer or optical and askete arves soss J o Power supply cage 430 watt 498459 O e SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane for 2 5 inch drive a 94Y7751 cage 4 gt Recovery Package M3 Management Node with Software Preload _ gt a a a a neal USB ROX carievaock acsso eGo SASHA i l SFP optical mode cr usman o ov Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 157 Table 9 Parts listing for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies p
30. For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Turn off the server and disconnect the power cord from the server then reconnect power cord Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system then run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto Awww ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 907 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Failed The IMM2 indicates 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it a failure in the from the power source You must temperature sensor disconnect the system from ac Bus 6 power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the sys
31. Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 X V IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Statement 4 A gt 18 kg 39 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib gt 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 2a 1 C m Safety XV Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 12 A CAUTION The following label indicates a hot surface nearby A Statement 13 AA DANGER Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain conditions To avoid
32. Locate the DIMM connector that contains the DIMM that is to be replaced see System board internal connectors on page 17 Attention To avoid breaking the DIMM retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Carefully open the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM Retaining clip If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove a dual inline memory module DIMM on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page isg Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Locate the DIMM connector that contains the DIMM that is to be replaced see 5 System board internal connectors on page 17 Attention To avoid breaking the DIMM retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Caref
33. Some configuration settings might require that the IMM be restarted before they take effect information only IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000001c Watchdog 1 Screen An If there was no operating system error 00000000 Capture Occurred operating system complete the following steps until the 1 OS Watchdog or error has occurred problem is solved Loader Watchdog and the screen Reconfigure the watchdog timer to capture was a higher value SUGEEST Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog If there was an operating system error check the integrity of the installed operating system 4000001d Watchdog 1 Failed to Error An Complete the following steps until the 00000000 Capture Screen operating system problem is solved 1 OS Watchdog or error has occurred 4 Reconfigure the watchdog timer to Loader Watchdog and the screen a higher value capture failed Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether de
34. System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front USB connector Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 231 _ cy __ app lel o eE pg o o Z 0 Sia f HZ o o i Ei E Sa E ib L o E Py ely E l n O PS k O E llos J Z lt I jo Y i g i l 2 D 1 To k on aa T F 8 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 9 Press down and hold the release tab on the top of the front USB housing then tilt the top of the housing away from the chassis and lift the housing out of the opening in the chassis Fron
35. Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 continued on the next page Chapter 3 Diagnostics 49 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Memory DIMM n Status Error A memory scrub 6 Scrub failure detected failure has been n DIMM number detected Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 Trained technician only Swap the affected microprocessor if there are more than one microprocessor installed If the problem follows the microprocessor replace the affected microprocessor see heat sink on page 250 heat sink on page 254 Trained technician onl the system board see the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 806f040c 2001xxxx Memory DI
36. Use the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI formerly BIOS Setup utility to perform the following tasks View configuration information View and change assignments for devices and I O ports Set the date and time Set the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices Set and change settings for advanced hardware features View set and change settings for power management features View and clear error logs Resolve configuration conflicts Starting the Setup utility To start the Setup utility complete the following steps 1 3 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active after the power on LED flashes slowly When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup utility menu is available Select settings to view or change Setup utility menu choices The following choices are on the Setup utility main menu for the UEFI Depending on the version of the firmware some menu choices might differ slightly from these descriptions System Information Select this choice to view information about the server When you make changes through other choices in the Setup utility some of those changes are reflected in the s
37. and that you have installed the correct number of DIMMs Reseat the DIMMs Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only System board Multiple rows of DIMMs in a 1 Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server branch are identified as failing Replace the lowest numbered DIMM pair of those that are identified then restart the server Repeat as necessary Trained service technician only Replace the system board Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A microprocessor LED is lit Make sure that the server supports the microprocessor du startup boot microprocessor is not working correctly 86 ina POST indicati Hng POS ingesting Marthe Trained service technician only Make sure that the microprocessor is seated correctly Trained service technician only Reseat the Microprocessor Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained se
38. attach all cables to devices First remove power cords from outlet Attach signal cables to connectors Remove signal cables from connectors Attach power cords to outlet Remove all cables from devices Turn device ON Xii IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Safety Xiii Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following
39. docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Make sure that all memory is enabled by checking the Available System Memory in the Resource Utilization section of the DSA event log If necessary enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 271 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Run the test again Run the standard memory test to validate all memory If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto Awww ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Messa
40. docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 Run the test again 9 Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 217 000 000 SAS SATA Disk Drive Test The test passed No action information only Hard Drive 217 800 000 SAS SATA Disk Drive Test Aborted The test was 1 Hard Drive cancelled Reseat all hard disk drive backplane connections at both ends Reseat the all drives Run the test again Make sure that the firmware is at the latest level If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto Awww iobm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 137 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical informa
41. e Reconfigure the server See Using the Setup utility on page 271 for details Removing the rear system fan This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Attention e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To remove the rear system fan on server models with non hot swap power supplies 4U chassis complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 2 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 3 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Remove the air duct 5 Remove any adapters that impede access to the fan and the fan connector on the system board see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 6 Remove the system fan Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 211 Pull to make it thinner a Disconnect the fan cable from the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 b While you support the system fan with one hand pull the rubber grommet away from the chassis to make it thinner then pull the fan toward the front of the server to remove the rubber grommet through the hole on the chassis Repeat t
42. hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description Test failure 1 single bit and multi bit error failing DIMM z Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Reseat DIMM z Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support docdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the failing DIMMs Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 271 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lIndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 131 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU
43. http www iom com de support ecurep terms html You can use any of the following methods to send diagnostic data to IBM e Standard upload http www ibm com de support ecurep send_http html e Standard upload with the system serial number http www ecurep ibm com app upload_hw e Secure upload jhttp www ibm com de support ecurep send_http html secure e Secure upload with the system serial number https www ecurep ibm com app upload_hw Creating a personalized support web page At http www iom com support mynotifications you can create a personalized support web page by identifying IBM products that are of interest to you From this personalized page you can subscribe to weekly email notifications about new technical documents search for information and downloads and access various administrative services Software service and support Through IBM Support Line you can get telephone assistance for a fee with usage configuration and software problems with your IBM products For information about which products are supported by Support Line in your country or region see http www ibm com services supline products 294 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide For more information about Support Line and other IBM services see http www ibm com services or see http www ibm com planetwide for support telephone numbers In the U S and Canada call 1 800 IBM SERV 1 800
44. supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Place the power supply into the bay guides 2 Using the handle push the power supply toward the front of the chassis until it locks into place 246 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Release lever Hot swap power supply 3 Connect one end of the power cord into the connector on the back of the power supply and connect the other end of the power cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet 4 Make sure that both the ac and dc power LEDs on the rear of the power supply are lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly 5 If you are adding a power supply to the server attach the redundant power information label that comes with this option on the server top cover near the power supplies XXXW AC ZIE EJE xxx xxx BB re EAR XXX XXXV po 4 a IEB ve X X x x A Bae ES hit BE TE F xx xx Hz Bae oA E Removing the hot swap power supply cage This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 247 To remove the hot swap power supply cage on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 8 Read the safety information that begins on page viil
45. system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com 100 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 803 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C tes
46. the server can respond to requests from IMM2 such as a remote request to turn on the server The power on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to ac power but is not turned on Turning on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active after the power on LED flashes slowly The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways e If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on the server will restart automatically when power is restored e lf your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the server Chapter 2 Introduction 15 Note When 4 GB or more of memory physical or logical is installed some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured peripheral component interconnect PCI options Turning off the server When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power the server can respond to requests from IMM2 such as a remote request to turn on the server While the server remains connected to ac power one or more fans might continue to run To remove all power from the server you must disconnect it from the power source Some operating systems require an orderly shutdow
47. tools 276 publication ordering 294 Flash utilities 267 277 ServerProven list 203 IPMItool 276 support line telephone numbers 295 tools diagnostic 23 UEFI flash diskette 142 trademarks 297 weight 7 9 troubleshooting 3 troubleshooting procedures start here 1 turning off the server 16 integrated integrated management module 16 U UEFI boot recovery jumper 142 UEFI update failure recovery 142 undetermined problems 147 undocumented problems 3 United States electronic emission Class A notice 300 United States FCC Class A notice 300 310 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide ype Part Number 00V9701 Printed in USA 1P P N 00V9701
48. turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 2 Removing a tape drive To remove a tape drive on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines 2 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 188 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 6 10 Disconnect the power cable and then the signal cables from the drive that is to be removed Stand the server back up in its vertical position Press and hold the blue release button on the side of the bay to release the drive then pull the drive out of the front of the server Tape drive Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive Save the clip to use when you install the replacement drive If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping
49. www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 103 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 806 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped timeout from the power source You must while processing disconnect the system from ac power ihe command to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest l
50. 3GHz 4C 8MB cache 7 Microprocessor Xeon E38 1265L v2 2 5GHz 4C 8MB cache o ow e oessa O O O i o S o ormone sma eow SY 10 Hera disk arve SATA 35 inch 500 GB simple swap ovas 10 Hara disk ve SATA 95 inch 1 78 smpleswap sowres O 10 Hera disk ve SATA 95 inch 278 smpleswap 2008 e ws dS S e a a Battery 3 0 volt 33F8354 FRU part number 00D8555 00D8556 00D8557 a E heel o ow T ooe T owo l oo a ae ae ae Cage 3 5 inch simple swap hard disk drive 81Y7476 Cable 3 5 simple swap SATA HDD to iPass backplate 1 81Y7487 cables Cable 3 5 simple swap SATA HDD backplate 4 cables 81Y7486 81Y7484 Cable front USB assembly 81Y7485 Joab us conversion wo O fwen o O fawns y e O emeas e O emeas o C crassis siara fooressomby oves Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 153 Cable front panel assembly Table 8 Parts listing for 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Type 2582 For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 9 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number O mewa O y y Ce O movon oeo S O woe e S O ewen s S O Tsenennosmion ve sas sata conor svr O Ea ServeRAID M5015 SAS SATA Controller Battery not 46C8927 E included a ServeRAID M5025 SAS SATA Controller 46C8929 i 7 ServeRAID
51. 4000000c 00000000 OS Watchdog response arg1 by arg2 E f 7 E Error Error 4000000d 00000000 DHCP 1 failure no IP address assigned 1 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 4000000e 00000000 Remote Login Successful Login ID arg1 from arg2 at IP address arg3 4000000f 00000000 Attempting to 1 server 2 by user 3 1 Power Up Power Down Power Cycle or Reset 2 IBM_ComputerSystem ElementName 3 user ID 40000010 00000000 Security Userid 1 had 2 login failures from WEB client at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessive LoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000011 00000000 Security Login ID 1 had 2 login failures from CLI at 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessive LoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 64 This message is for the use case where an OS Watchdog has been enabled or disabled by a user A DHCP server has failed to assign an IP address to the IMM The specified user has logged in to the Integrated Management Module A user has used the IMM to perform a power function on the server A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from a web browser and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period A user has exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessfu
52. CD you must have your operating system CD to install the operating system The ServerGuide program performs the following tasks e Sets system date and time e Detects the RAID adapter or controller and runs the SAS SATA RAID configuration program e Checks the microcode firmware levels of a ServeRAID adapter and determines whether a later level is available from the CD e Detects installed hardware options and provides updated device drivers for most adapters and devices e Provides diskette free installation for supported Windows operating systems e Includes an online readme file with links to tips for your hardware and operating system installation Setup and configuration overview When you use the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD you do not need setup diskettes You can use the CD to configure any supported IBM server model The setup program provides a list of tasks that are required to set up your server model On a server with a ServeRAID adapter or SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities you can run the SAS SATA RAID configuration program to create logical drives Note Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program When you start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD the program prompts you to complete the following tasks Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 269 e Select your language e Select your keyboard layout and country e View the overvie
53. Defaults Reset IMM Note After you reset the IMM2 this confirmation message is displayed immediately IMM2 reset command has been sent successfully Press ENTER to continue The IMM2 reset process is not yet complete You must wait approximately 3 minutes for the IMM2 to reset before the IMM2 is functional again If you attempt to access sever firmware information while the server is resetting Unknown is displayed in the fields and the description is Error retrieving information from IMM2 A LAN over USB interface enables in band communications to the IMM2 the IMM2 hardware on the system board presents an internal Ethernet NIC from the IMM2 to the operating system Typically the IMM2 IP address for the LAN over USB interface is set to a static address of 169 254 95 118 with a subnet mask of 255 255 0 0 In the event of an IP address collision on the network the IMM2 might obtain a different IP address in the 169 254 xxx xxx range Because the IMM2 might obtain a random IP address for the LAN over USB interface the ASU and firmware flash utilities DSA and the IBM Systems Director Agent use the Service Location Protocol SLP to discover the IMM2 IP address These tools perform an SLP multicast discovery on the LAN over USB interface When they receive a response from the IMM2 they obtain the attributes that contain the IP address that the IMM2 is using for the LAN over USB interface Potential conflicts with the LAN over
54. M1015 SAS SATA Controller 46C8931 i i a ServeRAID M5014 SAS SATA Controller Battery not 46C8933 pf included EE WB E CN shila kt simple snap 85 montad aiskamve evaa FTowertoreckkitassemby oes o G e S TNereme 1 vad Ponadaper ovs O neweme Dual Ponape o S awoon ovea S 6Gb Performance Optimized HBA Performance 6Gb Performance Optimized HBA HBA 468937 ff E Package M3 Management Node with Software 00D7763 Preload DVD internal Internal USB 3 RDX carrier dock 3 RDX carrier dock 462346 of ae at OO wss i S O fae lr o O omeen o S The following illustration shows the major components in the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 8 154 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 14 Table 9 Parts listing for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 8 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number Side cover with lock 49Y8447 Power supply redundant 430 watt Retention bracket rear adapter 00D8851 00D8859 43W8466 Chassis assembly DVD ROM Drive SATA Hard disk drive SATA 2 5 inch 900 GB hot s
55. Password Select this choice to set or change a power on password See Power on password on page 274 for more information Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 2 3 274 Clear Power on Password Select this choice to clear a power on password See Power on password for more information Set Administrator Password Select this choice to set or change an administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup utility menu If an administrator password is set the full Setup utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at the password prompt For more information see Administrator password on page 275 Clear Administrator Password Select this choice to clear an administrator password For more information see Administrator password on page 275 e Save Settings Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings e Restore Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previous settings e Load Default Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory settings e Exit Setup Select this choice to exit from the Setup utility If you have not saved the changes that you have made in the settings you are asked whether you want to save th
56. Press F1 to boot the uEFI setup menu Under System Settings select Storage Under Configuration Options select LSI MegaRAID Controller Configuration Utility gt Virtual Drive Management gt Create Configuration Select the type of array that you want to create 284 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Select Select Drives and use space key to select all the drives for your array Select Apply Change to create the array When the prompt Success is displayed select OK to continue After the system auto skip to the next screen select Save Configuration When the prompt create RAID will cause data lost on the physical HDD is displayed use space key to select Confirm Select Yes to continue Select OK to continue To initialize virtual disk select LSI MegaRAID Controller Configuration Utility gt Virtual Drive Management gt Select Virtual Drive Operation Select Start Operation Select Yes to confirm When the prompt Success is displayed select OK Notes 1 2 Software RAID is not supported in Redhat 6 1 UEFI mode You can create software RAID with Linux OS RAID LSI software RAID is turned off in Linux OS by default Legacy OS installation is not supported when BBS boot is enabled on ServeRAID M5014 Brocade adapters are supported in Windows 2011 SBS with 3 0 0 0 driver package or later version installed Disa
57. Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 089 801 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted Internal program 1 Turn off and restart the system error Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microproces
58. Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive cage of bay 1 or bay 2 Slide the drive retainer clip to the front to remove it from the drive cage then snap the drive retainer clip into the screw holes on the side of the drive EMC filler Tape drive Drive retainer clip 11 Remove the EMC filler Note Be careful of any sharp edges 12 Push the drive into the bay Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 191 Note A tape drive can only be installed in bay 1 or bay 2 13 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 14 Connect one end of the applicable signal cable into the rear of the drive and make sure that the other end of this cable is connected into the applicable connector on the system board 15 Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules DIMMs 16 If you have another drive to install or remove do so now 17 Install the air duct 18 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 19 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 20 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Note Remove t
59. USB interface In some situations the IMM2 LAN over USB interface can conflict with certain network configurations applications or both For example Open MPI attempts to 2 8 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide use all of the available network interfaces on a server Open MPI detects the IMM2 LAN over USB interface and attempts to use it to communicate with other systems in a clustered environment The LAN over USB interface is an internal interface so this interface does not work for external communications with other systems in the cluster Resolving conflicts with the IMM2 LAN over USB interface There are several actions that resolve LAN over USB conflicts with network configurations and applications e For conflicts with Open MPI configure the application so that it does not attempt to use the interface e Take the interface down run ifdown under Linux e Remove the device driver run rmmod under Linux Configuring the LAN over USB interface manually For the IMM2 to use the LAN over USB interface you might have to complete other configuration tasks if the automatic setup fails or if you prefer to set up the LAN over USB manually The firmware update package or Advanced Settings Utility attempts to perform the setup automatically For more information about LAN over USB configuration on different operating systems see the IBM white paper Transitioning to UEFI and IMM on the IBM website Inst
60. Updating the firmware Configuring the server Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD Using the Setup utility oe 2 4 T Using the Boot Manager program Starting the backup server firmware Using the integrated management module Il IMM2 Using IPMItool Managing tools and utilities with IMM2 and IBM System X Server Firmware Resetting the IMM2 with the Setup utility LAN over USB Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL Using the LSI Configuration Utility program i Creating a software RAID array of hard disk drives Disable a software RAID array of hard disk drives IBM Advanced Settings Utility program Updating IBM Systems Director Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID Updating the DMI SMBIOS data a Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance Before you call Using the documentation Getting help and information from the World Wide Web How to send Dynamic System Analysis data to IBM Creating a personalized support web page Software service and support l Hardware service and support IBM Taiwan product service Appendix B Notices Trademarks Important notes l Particulate contamination Documentation format Telecommunication regulatory statement Electronic emission notices E Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Industry Canada Class A emi
61. Warning Error Error Error The Power Supply n has lost input n power supply number Power Supply 1 has a configuration mismatch Power Supply 2 has a configuration mismatch Power Unit redundancy lost has asserted Numeric sensor Planar VBAT going low lower non critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar VBAT going low lower critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going high upper critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going low lower critical has asserted Power supply n has failed n power supply number Power supply n AC has lost n power supply number A power supply with a configuration error has been detected A power supply with a configuration error has been detected Redundancy has been lost and is insufficient to continue operation A lower critical sensor going low has asserted A lower critical sensor going low has asserted An upper critical sensor going high has asserted A lower critical sensor going low has asserted Reseat power supply n If the power on LED is not lit and the power supply error LED is lit replace power supply n If both the power on LED and the power supply error LED are not lit see Power problems on page 90 for more information n power supply number Reconnect the power cords Check power supply n LED See Power problems on page 90 for more information n
62. a firmware component from the interface and IP address has failed 1 Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct 2 Try to import the certificate again No action information only Try to update the firmware again Chapter 3 Diagnostics 69 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000025 The Chassis Event Log Info The IMM event log To avoid losing older log entries save 00000000 CEL on system 1 is is 75 full When the log as a text file and clear the log 75 full the log is full older 1s log entries are CIM_ComputerSystem replaced by newer ElementName ones 40000026 The Chassis Event Log Info The IMM event log To avoid losing older log entries save 00000000 CEL on system 1 is is full When the the log as a text file and clear the log 100 full log is full older log 1 entries are CIM_ComputerSystem replaced by newer ElementName ones 40000027 1 Platform Aeng Error A Platform Reconfigure the watchdog timer to 00000000 is Aa pin rie tr a higher value oS a Xpired event has gt Make sure that the IMM Ethernet Loader Watchdog 2 occurred USB interf blea OS Watchdog or over interface is enabled Loader Watchdog R
63. after the power on LED flashes slowly 2 When the prompt lt F1 Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password 3 Select System Settings Adapters and UEFI drivers 4 Select Please refresh this page on the first visit and press Enter 5 Select LSI controller_driver_name Driver and press Enter where controller_driver_name is the name of the SAS SATA controller driver For the SAS SATA controller driver name see the documentation that comes with your controller 6 To perform storage management tasks follow the procedures in the documentation that comes with the SAS SATA controller Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 283 When you have finished changing settings press Esc to exit from the program select Save to save the settings that you have changed Formatting a hard disk drive Low level formatting removes all data from the hard disk If there is data on the disk that you want to save back up the hard disk before you perform this procedure Note Before you format a hard disk make sure that the disk is not part of a mirrored pair To format a drive complete the following steps 1 5 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drive that you want to format and press Enter Select SAS Topology and press Enter Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter To highlight the drive that you want to format u
64. and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 R Remove the hot swap power supplies see Removing the hot swap powe supply on page 243 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Disconnect the cables from the power supply cage to the system board and all internal components Remove the two screws that secure the power supply cage to the chassis the two screws are located in the front of the hot swap power supply cage Screws Ar LAA J A Hot swap po gt power supply cage LA AA HBS 2e bp is Z G Mo i w E J Ii J i S A o8e E a i CO J5 i Hh Ty m or ae ot e in Mio
65. and missing safety grounds Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live electrical currents Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units Before you work on the equipment disconnect the power cord If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that Supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected If you have to work on equipmen
66. and the amount of configured memory run the Setup utility For additional information see the Setup utility on page 271 The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM in the server If you install a pair of DIMMs in DIMM connectors 1 and 3 the size and speed of the DIMMs that you install in DIMM connectors 1 and 3 must match each other However they do not have to be the same size and speed as the DIMMs that are installed in DIMM connectors 2 and 4 You can use compatible DIMMs from various manufacturers in the same pair When you install or remove DIMMs the server configuration information changes When you restart the server the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to stop which could result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM in the following format ggg eRxff PC3 wwwwwm aa bb cc where ggg is the total capacity of the DIMM for example 1GB 2GB or 4GB e is the number of ranks 1 single rank 2 dual rank 4 quad rank ff is the device organization bit width 4 x4 organization 4 DQ lines per SDRAM 8 x8 o
67. and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description Memory Stress Aborted Internal program 1 Test error 202 802 xxx Memory Memory Stress Aborted General error Test memory size is insufficient to run the test 132 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the memory diagnostics to identify the specific failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss
68. at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 901 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Failed The IMM2 indicates 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it a failure in private from the power source You must bus Bus 0 disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 Remove power from the system Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 123 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Foll
69. capacitor e Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord e Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground e Make sure that the power cord is the correct type as specified in Power cords on page 159 e Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn 4 Remove the cover 5 Check for any obvious non IBM alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non IBM alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage viii IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 7 Check for worn frayed or pinched cables 8 Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners Screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Safety IX Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Observe the following guidelines when you service electrical equipment Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords
70. cdc_interface sh 4 After you install ASU use the following command syntax to set the UUID asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid value gt access method Where lt uuid_value gt Up to 16 byte hexadecimal value assigned by you access_method The access method that you selected to use from the following methods e Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt IMM2_ internal _ip gt user lt IMM2_ user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt Where IMM2_internal_ip The IMM2 internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 IMM2_user_id The IMM2 account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 287 IMM2_password The IMM2 account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM2 using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoUUID lt uuid value gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default va
71. changed the arg2 by user arg3 Ethernet data rate of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value 40000004 Ethernet Duplex setting Info The specified user No action information only 00000000 modified from arg1 to has changed the arg2 by user arg3 Ethernet duplex setting of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value 40000005 Ethernet MTU setting Info The specified user No action information only 00000000 modified from arg1 to has changed the arg2 by user arg3 Ethernet maximum transmission unit MTU setting of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value 62 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000006 00000000 40000007 00000000 40000008 00000000 40000009 00000000 4000000a 00000000 4000000b 00000000 Ethernet locally administered MAC address modified from arg1 to arg2 by user args Ethernet interface arg1 by user arg2 Hostname set to arg1 by user arg2 IP address of network interface modified from arg1 t
72. complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines 2 Check the instructions that come with the adapter for any requirements restrictions or cabling instructions It might be easier to route cables before you install the adapter 3 Follow the instructions that come with the adapter to set jumpers or switches if any 178 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 11 12 13 14 15 Touch the static protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the adapter from the static protective package Avoid touching the components and gold edge connectors on the adapter Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Follow the cabling instructions if any that come with the adapter Route the adapter cables before you install the adapter Follow the instructions that come with the adapter to set jumpers or switches if any Lift the end of the rear adapter retention bra
73. disk drive fan duct 215 Removing and replacing consumable parts 216 Removing and replacing Tier2CRUs 2 217 Removing the simple swap backplate 217 Installing the simple swap backplate Su a 8 se elo Removing the hot swap hard disk drive backplane sesape 4 os r 2222 Installing the hot swap hard disk drive backplane a 224 Removing the front panel assembly a a a a a 226 Installing the front panel assembly 228 Removing the front USB connector assembly 2380 Installing the front USB connector assembly 233 Removing the rear adapter retention bracket 236 Installing the rear adapter retention bracket 237 Removing the hard disk drive cage 287 IV IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the hard disk drive cage l Removing the non hot swap power supply Installing the non hot swap power supply Removing the hot swap power supply Installing the hot swap power supply Removing the hot swap power supply cage Installing the hot swap power supply cage Removing and replacing FRUs Removing the microprocessor and heat sink Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Removing the system board Installing the system board Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions
74. e Ethernet controller configuration For information about configuring the Ethernet controller see Configuring the IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program Use this program as an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup utility For more information about using this program see IBM Advanced Settings Utility program on page 285 e LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure the integrated SATA ServeRAID adapter with RAID capabilities and the devices that are attached to it For information about using this program see Using the LSI Configuration Utility program on page 282 The following table lists the different server configurations and the applications that are available for configuring and managing RAID arrays Table 19 Server configuration and applications for configuring and managing RAID arrays RAID array configuration RAID array management before operating system is after operating system is Server configuration installed installed ServeRAID BR10il v2 LSI Utility Setup utility press MegaRAID Storage Manager adapter LSI 1068 installed Ctrl C ServerGuide for monitoring storage only 268 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Using the ServerGui
75. four screws to secure the power supply cage to the chassis Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 249 2 Install the other two screws to further secure the power supply cage to the chassis which is located in front of the power supply cage 3 Connect the cables from the power supply cage to the system board and all internal components see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the locations of the internal connectors 4 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 5 Reinstall the hot swap power supplies see Installing the hot swap power supply on page 245 6 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 7 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing and replacing FRUs Field replaceable units FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians Removing the microprocessor and heat sink To remove the microprocessor and heat sink on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and ex
76. has asserted Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 5V going low lower critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 12V going high upper critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 12V going low lower critical has asserted Trained service technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained service technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 1 Check power supply n LED 2 Remove the failing power supply 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board n power supply number 1 Check power supply n LED 2 Remove the failing power supply 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board n power supply number Microprocessor messages 806f0007 0301 xxxx 42 The Processor CPU Status has Failed with IERR Error IERR condition has occurred IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide A processor failed Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution ver
77. in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may Cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause
78. is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Ilndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 109 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 812 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 I2C Test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it Stopped a from the power source You must parameter is out of disconnect the system from ac power ee to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and tu
79. latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 116 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 81 9 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test A
80. more information about opdateXpress System Packs see http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp lndocid SERV XPRESS and Updating the firmware on page 267 For more information about the Bootable Media Creator see htto Awww iobm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp lndocid TOOL BOMC Be sure to separately install any listed critical updates that have release dates that are later than the release date of the UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress image see step 4b b Install manual system updates 1 Determine the existing code levels In DSA click Firmware VPD to view system firmware levels or click Software to view operating system levels 2 Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level To display a list of available updates for the blade server go to http www ibm com support fixcentral When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem 5 Check for and correct an incorrect configuration If the server is incorrectly configured a system function can fail to work when you enable it if you make an incorrect change to the server configuration a system function that has been enabled can stop working a Make sure that all installed hardw
81. must be performed only by a trained technician 40000033 IPv6 stateless IPv6 stateless No action information only 00000000 auto configuration auto assignment enabled by user arg1 method is enabled by user 40000034 IPv6 static IP Info IPv6 static No action information only 00000000 configuration disabled assignment by user arg1 method is disabled by user 40000035 IPv6 DHCP disabled by Info IPv6 DHCP No action information only 00000000 user arg1 assignment method is disabled by user 40000036 IPv6 stateless Info IPv6 statless No action information only 00000000 auto configuration auto assignment disabled by user arg1 method is disabled by user 40000037 ENET arg1 Info IPv6 Link Local No action information only 00000000 IPv6 address is active LinkLocal HstName arg2 IP arg3 Pref arg4 40000038 ENET arg1 Info IPv6 Static No action information only 00000000 IPv6 address is active Static HstName arg2 IP arg3 Pref arg4 GW arg5 40000039 ENET arg1 Info IPv6 No action information only 00000000 DHCPv6 HSTN arg2 DHCP assigned DN arg3 IP arg4 address is active Pref arg5 4000003a IPv6 static address of Info A user modifies No action information only 00000000 network interface the IPv6 static modified from arg1 to address of a arg2 by user arg3 Management Controller 4000003b DHCPv6 failure no IP Warning S DHCP
82. nfl oo IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information in Appendix B Notices on page 297 and the BM Safety Information and IBM Environmental Notices and User s Guide on the IBM System x Documentation CD and the Warranty Information document that comes with the server Seventh Edition August 2012 Copyright IBM Corporation 2012 US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents Safety Cee eee ee eee 8 ee eV Guidelines for trained service technicians Pee be ee SR ee ew S Inspecting for unsafe conditions ce oe eS oS ee em 2 oe VI Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment sa a a a a a a a a a a a Safety statements aaa a X Chapter 1 Start here Diagnosing a problem amp Baw A ew amp ww aT Undocumented problems 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 Chapter 2 Introduction fee es ae es ee 5 Related documentation ween E ee ow oO Notices and statements in this document e ee ee a ee we Features and specifications 0 0 ee ee ee ee 7 Server controls LEDs and power 141 Front view 2 1 a ee ee ee ee F Rearview Pee Be ee ee ee ee ee eee ae a Server power features 2 2 oe eee eae et he we ow ee 1
83. not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt IMM2 ip gt user lt IMM2_user_id gt password lt IMM2 password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt IMM2_ ip gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_ password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt IMM2_ ip gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 291 292 Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt IMM2_ ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt IMM2_ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt IMM2_ip gt Bootable media You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the Tools Center website at http publib boulder iobm com infocenter toolsctr v1r0 index jsp From the left pane click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools Center then click Tool reference for the available tools 5 Restart the server IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance If you need help service or technical assistance or just want more information about IBM products you will find a wide variety of sources a
84. on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated contact your service technician System board 7 Reconnect any cables that you disconnected during the removal of the old microprocessor 8 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the closed locked position 9 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 10 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 11 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Thermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease When you are installing the heat sink on the same microprocessor that is was removed from make sure that e The thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor is not contaminated e Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor Note e Read the Safety information on page e Read the Installation guidelines on page 163 e Read Handling static sensitive devices on page 165 To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the micropr
85. or disposed of Do not Throw or immerse into water Heat to more than 100 C 212 F Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations To remove the battery on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 6 Locate the battery on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 7 Remove the battery a Use one finger to tilt the battery horizontally out of its socket pushing it away from the socket b Lift and remove the battery from the socket ms To remove the battery on the 5U server models with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section
86. per channel DIMM Ranks per connectors per DIMMs installed DIMM any channel in each channel DIMM type DIMM speed combination 2 1 Unbuffered 1066 1333 Single rank DDR3 ECC 1600 dual rank 2 2 Unbuffered 1066 1333 Single rank DDR3 ECC 1600 dual rank e The following table lists the maximum DIMM population using ranked UDIMMs Table 15 Maximum memory population using ranked UDIMMs depending on your model Number of UDIMMs DIMM type Size Total memory Dual rank UDIMMs 8 GB when 32 GB available e The following table shows the UDIMM memory population rule to optimize the system performance Table 16 UDIMM population rule DIMM connector 1 DIMM connector 2 DIMM connector 3 DIMM connector 4 Populated Empty Empty Empty 204 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 16 UDIMM population rule continued DIMM connector 1 DIMM connector 2 DIMM connector 3 DIMM connector 4 Populated Empty Populated Empty Populated Populated Populated Populated The following illustration shows the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your model PCI PCI PCI PCI slot 4 slot 3 slot 2 slot 1 Power 2
87. procedure 80 81 Class A electronic emission notice 300 clear administrator password 274 clear power on password 274 code updates 1 components on the server 151 configuration minimum 147 ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD 267 269 Setup utility 267 Copyright IBM Corp 2012 configuration continued using the Setup utility 271 configuration programs LSI Configuration Utility 268 configuring with ServerGuide 269 configuring the server 268 configuring your server 267 connector Ethernet 15 external 13 power cord 14 serial 15 Universal Serial Bus USB 13 15 video 15 connectors external 18 contamination particulate and gaseous 7 9 299 controllers Ethernet 281 controls and indicators 11 cooling 7 9 cover side installing 167 removing 166 CPU error LEDs 19 creating a RAID array 284 a software RAID array 284 CRuUs replacing system battery 207 customer replaceable units CRUs 151 D danger statements 6 deassertion event system event log 24 diagnosing a problem 3 diagnostic error codes 95 LEDs error 18 test log viewing 95 text message format 95 tools overview 23 diagnostic data 294 DIMM LEDs 19 DIMMs removing 200 DIMMs installing 203 Director Systems updating 286 disable a software RAID array 285 diskette drive removing 184 display problems 87 documentation format 299 305 drive removable media 188 190 simple swap 196 drive bays internal 182 drives hot swap remov
88. radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 300 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide European Union EMC Directive conformance statement This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility IBM cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a nonrecommended modification of the product including the fitting of non IBM option cards Attention This is an EN 55022 Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Responsible manufacturer International Business Machines Corp New Orchard Road Armonk New York 10504 914 499 1900 European Community contact IBM Deutschland GmbH Technical Regulations Department M372 IBM Allee 1 71139 Ehningen Germany Telephone 49 7032 15 2941 Email lugi de ibm com Germany Class A statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis fur Gerate der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertraglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und halt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klass
89. server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 129 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 201 901 xxx Memory Memory Test Failed Test failure 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it single bit error from the power source failing DIMM z Reseat DIMM zZ Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest l
90. source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 105 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Tes
91. swap backplate 217 simple swap drives 194 simple swap SATA drives 194 system board 258 tape drive 188 replacement parts 151 replacing battery 209 battery system 207 reset IMM2 277 RETAIN tips 3 retaining clips dual inline memory module DIMM 207 running the diagnostic programs 95 S safety information Statement 12 xvi Statement 13 xvi Statement 15 xvii SAS backplane LEDs hot swap drive status 13 SAS or SATA hot swap drives installing 199 removing 198 SAS SATA backplane LEDs hot swap drive activity 13 SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane installing 224 SATA backplane activity LEDs for hot swap drives 13 SATA simple swap drives removing 194 Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA simple swap drives 196 serial connector 15 serial port problems 91 server power features 15 specifications 7 turning it off 16 server components 151 server configuration 268 server firmware recovering 142 server replaceable units 151 server shutdown 16 server backup firmware starting 275 ServeRAID adapter installing 178 ServerGuide features 269 NOS installation 270 problems 91 setup 269 Setup and Installation CD 267 269 service request online 3 set administrator password 274 set power on password 273 setting passwords 274 Setup utility 267 268 menu choices 271 starting 271 using 271 shutting down the server 16 simple swap backplate installing 219 removing 217 simple swap drives 196 removing 194 size 7 9 software p
92. system Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the and page 261 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see heat sink on page 250 heat sink on page 254 806f070c 2001xxxx Memory DIMM A memory DIMM _ Make sure that DIMMs are installed in 806f070c 2002xxxx Configuration Error for configuration error the correct sequence and have the 806f070c 2003xxxx DIMM n Status has occurred same size type speed and 806f070c 2004xxxx n DIMM number technology 806f070c 2581xxxx Memory DIMM A memory DIMM _ Make sure that DIMMs are installed in Configuration Error for configuration error the correct sequence and have the One of the DIMMs or has occurred same size type speed and All DIMMs technology Recovery messages Chapter 3 Diagnostics 53 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f000d 0400xxxx 806f000d 0401 xxxx 806f000d 0402xxxx 806f000d 0403xxxx 806f000d 0404xxxx 806f000d 0405
93. system board seg Removing the system board and Installing the system board on page 261 3808002 Configuration update to IMM2 failed _ Run the Setup utility select Save Settings and restart the server see Using the Setup utility on page 271 Update the IMM2 firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 37 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Erorcode Descrpton Aton 3808003 Configuration retrieval from IMM2 failed 3808004 IMM2 system event log full Core Root of Trust Measurement CRTM 3818001 update failed CRTM update aborted CRTM flash lock failed CRIM system error Current Bank CRTM capsule signature invalid 3818006 Opposite bank CRTM capsule signature invalid 3818007 CRIM update capsule signature invalid 1 Run the Setup
94. test or POST Note This server does not use beep codes for server status If the system board tray is configured to require entry of a password to complete the system startup you need to type both the administrator password and power on password to complete the system startup if either password is set lf POST detects a problem an error message is displayed See POST error codes for more information POST error codes The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems These errors can appear as severe warning or informational 26 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information ror code Description Aton 0011000 Invalid microprocessor type 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at h
95. test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 127 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages cont
96. that are supplied to you To remove a tape drive on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 N oe pE a Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 Remove the upper bezel see Removing the upper bezel on page 174 Disconnect the power and signal cables from the drive that is to be removed Press and hold the blue release button on the side of the bay to release the drive then pull the drive out of the front of the server Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive Save the clip to use when you install the replacement drive Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 189 Release buttons oo drive Drive retainer clip 9 If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a tape drive If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive make sure that e You have all the cables
97. the chassis Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Se a a p e Removing the hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 243 244 When you remove or install a hot swap power supply on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x observe the following precautions Statement 5 A A CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source A A 20 gt 1 C aa Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never Remove the server top cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a servi
98. the installation The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the side cover 166 Attention Operating the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed might damage server components For proper cooling and airflow install the side cover before you turn on the server For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps to remove the side cover For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Unscrew the two chassis screws on the rear side of the server 5 Pull the rear side cover handle and push the front side cover handle at the same time Chassis screws 6 If you are instructed to return the side cover follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps to remove the side cover For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the abov
99. the microprocessor into the microprocessor socket Note To maintain correct orientation between the microprocessor and the microprocessor socket during installation observe the following information e The microprocessor has two notches that are keyed to two tabs on the sides of the socket e A triangle shaped indicator on one corner of the microprocessor points to a 45 degree angle on the system board e Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the socket 5 Close the microprocessor bracket frame then close the microprocessor retention latch and lock it securely in place ce ee Alignment marks Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor release lever System board 6 Install the heat sink Attention Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated contact your service technician a Align the screw holes on the heat sink with the holes on the system board b Tighten the screws with a screwdriver alternating among the screws until they are tight If possible each screw should be rotated two full rotations at a time Repeat until the screws are tight Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force 256 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Important Do not touch the thermal material
100. the simple swap hard disk drives that you removed from the hard disk drive cage see Installing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 196 11 Install the air duct 12 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 13 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 14 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 15 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the hot swap hard disk drive backplane This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To remove the hot swap backplane on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page E 4 Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 5 Remove the hot swap SAS SATA hard disk drives installed in the hard disk drive cage see Removing a hot swap hard disk drive on page 198 6 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over
101. units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 089 901 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Failed Test failure 1 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains
102. utility select Save Settings and restart the server see Using the Setup utility on page 271 2 Update the IMM2 firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the Setup utility to clear IMM2 logs and restart the server see Using the Setup utility on page 271 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 1 Switch the server firmware bank to the backup bank see Starting the backup server firmware on page 275 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Switch the bank back to the primary bank Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the s
103. wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap if one is available Always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on Handle the device carefully holding it by its edges or its frame Do not touch solder joints pins or exposed circuitry Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it While the device is still in its static protective package touch it to an unpainted metal part on the outside of the server for at least 2 seconds This drains static electricity from the package and from your body Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device If it is necessary to set down the device put it back into its static protective package Do not place the device on the server cover or on a metal surface Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather Heating reduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity Returning a device or component If you are instructed to return a device or component follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 165 Removing and replacing consumable parts and Tier 1 CRUs Replacement of consumable parts and Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a consumable part or a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for
104. website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 820 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped a from the power source You must command response disconnect the system from ac power could not be to reset the IMM2 provided the device is in After 45 seconds reconnect the firmware update system to the power source and turn mode on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code and IMM2 firmware are at the latest level Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 118 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are custo
105. 0 Fan e One system fan Power supply One fixed 350 waitt or 300 watt power supply Size Height 360 mm 14 17 in Depth 480 mm 18 89 in Width 180 mm 7 08 in Weight 10 kg 22 Ib to 13 kg 28 66 Ib depending upon configuration Environment e Air temperature Server on 10 C to 35 C 50 F to 95 F Altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3000 ft Server on 10 C to 32 C 50 F to 89 6 F Altitude 914 4 m 3000 ft to 2133 6 m 7000 ft Server on 10 C to 28 C 50 0 F to 83 F altitude 2133 6 m 7000 ft to 3050 m 10000 ft Server off 10 C to 43 C 50 F to 109 4 F Shipping 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Humidity operating and storage 8 to 80 Particulate contamination Attention Airborne particulates and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server For information about the limits for particulates and gases see contamination on page 299 Chapter 2 Introduction 7 Table 1 Features and specifications for 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 2 continued Drives depending on the model e Hard disk drives up to four 3 5 inch simple swap SATA One of the following SATA attached optical drives DVD ROM Drive bays e Two 5 25 inch half high bays one optical drive instal
106. 0080 Remote Control session Info Remote Control No action information only 00000000 started by user arg1 in session started arg2 mode 40000081 PXE boot requested by Info PXE boot No action information only 00000000 user arg1 requested 40000082 The measured power Info Power exceeded No action information only 00000000 value has returned cap recovered below the power cap value 40000083 The new minimum Info Minimum Power No action information only 00000000 power cap value has Cap exceeds returned below the Power Cap power cap value recovered same level on all nodes 40000085 FPGA firmware Error A mismatch of No action information only 00000000 mismatch between FPGA firmware nodes arg1 and arg2 has been detected Please attempt to flash between nodes 40000084 IMM firmware mismatch Info A mismatch of No action information only 00000000 between nodes arg1 IMM firmware has and arg2 Please been detected attempt to flash the between nodes IMM firmware to the the FPGA firmware to the same level on all nodes 40000086 Test Call Home Info Test Call Home No action information only 00000000 Generated by user generated by user arg1 40000087 Manual Call Home by Info Manual Call Home No action information only 00000000 user arg1 arg2 by user 40000088 Management Controller Info This message is No action information only arg1 Configuration for the use case res
107. 018006 Microprocessors with mismatched QPI speed 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website atjhttp www iom com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 27 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information or code Descrpton Aton 0018007 Microprocessors with mismatched power 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the segments ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware u
108. 1 Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Locate the battery on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 6 Remove the battery a Use one finger to tilt the battery horizontally out of its socket pushing it away from the socket b Lift and remove the battery from the socket ams Installing the system battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace the battery in the server e You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer e To order replacement batteries call 1 800 426 7378 within the United States and 1 800 465 7999 or 1 800 465 6666 within Canada Outside the U S and Canada call your IBM marketing representative or authorized reseller Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 209 210 e After you replace the battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time e To avoid possible danger read and follow the following s
109. 100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine whether a component is a Tier 1 CRU Tier 2 CRU or FRU For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty Information document that comes with the server Installation guidelines Copyright IBM Corp 2012 Before you remove or replace a component read the following information Read the safety information that begins on page viil and the guidelines in Handling static sensitive devices on page 165 This information will help you work safely When you install your new server take the opportunity to download and apply the most recent firmware updates This step will help to ensure that any known issues are addressed and that your server is ready to function at maximum levels of performance To download firmware updates for your server go to http www ibm com support fixcentral Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code For additional information about tools for updating managing and deploying firmware see the ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter at http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr v1 r0 index jsp Before you install optional devices make sure that the server is working correctly Start the server and make s
110. 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from TELNET client at IP address 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX The argi on system arg2 cleared by user args IMM reset was initiated by user 1 1 user ID ENET O DHCP HSTN 1 DN 2 IP 3 SN 4 GW 5 DNS1 6 1 CIM_DNSProtocol Endpoint Hostname 2 CIM_DNSProtocol Endpoint DomainName Yoo CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 4 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 5 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 6 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX A user has attempted to log in from a web browser by using an invalid login ID or password A user has attempted to log in from a Telnet session by using an invalid login ID or password The specified user has deleted system log events or audit log events The Integrated Management Module has been reset The logs provide additional details The DHCP server has assigned an IMM IP address and configuration Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password No action information only No action information only No action information only Chapter 3 Diagnos
111. 207 installing adapter 178 battery 209 bezel 171 lower 173 upper 175 CD drive 185 DVD drive 185 fan front 215 rear 213 front USB connector assembly 233 front panel assembly 228 heat sink 254 hot swap drives 199 hot swap power supply cage 249 hot swap SAS or SATA drives 199 installing continued internal drives 182 memory modules 203 microprocessor 254 power supply non hot swap 242 245 SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane 224 side cover 167 simple swap backplate 219 simple swap drives 196 system board 262 tape drive 185 190 integrated functions 8 9 integrated integrated management module 16 integrated management module 2 using 275 integrated management module event log 24 integrated management module II error messages 39 integrated management module Il programs 268 Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program enabling 281 intermittent problems 84 internal connectors 17 internal drives installing 182 removing 182 IPMItool 276 J jumper UEFI boot recovery 142 jumpers 19 K keyboard problems 85 L LED AC power 15 LED enclosure manager heartbeat 19 IMM2 heartbeat 19 System board error 19 LEDs DVD drive activity 13 Ethernet link status 15 Ethernet transmit receive activity 15 hard disk drive activity 13 hot swap hard disk drive activity 13 hot swap hard disk drive status 13 on the system board 18 power on 12 system board 18 system error 13 LEDs CPU error 19 DIMM 19 Index 307 legacy operating sy
112. 222 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 7 Remove the hard disk drive fan duct See Removing the hard disk drive fan duct on page 214 8 Press and hold the drive cage release tab then rotate the drive cage out of the chassis until the retaining tab on top of the cage locks into place 9 Disconnect the power signal and configuration cables from the hard disk drive backplane Signal cables 10 Remove the four screws that secure the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane to the drive cage Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 223 11 12 Lift the hot swap backplane out of the lower lip on the drive cage and set it aside If you are instructed to return the SAS SATA hard disk drive backplane follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the hot swap hard disk drive backplane This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To install the hard disk drive backplane on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Place the bottom edge of the hot swap hard disk drive backplane in the lower lip of the drive cage Connect the power signal and configuration cables to the hard disk drive backplane Note Make sure that Port 1 on the har
113. 261 2018002 Option ROM resource allocation failure Run the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 271 Select Startup Options from the menu and modify the boot sequence to change the load order of the optional device ROM code Informational message that some devices might not be initialized 3048005 Booted secondary backup UEFI image Information only Set the JP2 jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 to allow the server to boot from the backup UEFI see System board switches and jumpers on page 19 3048006 Booted secondary backup UEFI image 1 Run the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility because of ABR on page 271 select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 36 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical info
114. 4 wiropracessor Xeon E9 1260v2 36GHe AC eM cache oonessa i4 wiropracesor Xeon E9 1240v2 34GHe AC eM cache oonesss 14 wiropracessor Xeon E9 1230v2 33Hz CAMB cache oonesss Microprocessor Xeon E3 1265L v2 2 5GHz 4C 8MB E 00D8557 cache 14 Microprocessor Celeron 6440 16GH2 10 1MB cache oves 14 microprocessor Core 132120 336Hz 26 SMB cache oviar 14 Microprocessor Pentium 6870 3 1GHz 20 8MB cache ooDeeee 14 Microprocessor Pentium GB60T 2 66Hz 20 SMB cache ooDeeoo 14 Microprocessor Pentium G640 2 8GHz 20 3MB cache oooeoon 14 Microprocessor Pentium G640T 2 4GHz 20 SMB cache ooDeso2 14 Microprocessor Pontum Gs50 2 6GHz 20 2MB cache ooneoos 14 Microprocessor Pentium G580T 21GH2 20 2MB cache ooDsoos is a O OO O O o O wyso a O Hard disk drive cage 2 5 drives oopsss2 Cable SAS signal 25 hot swap hard dskarvey oova E Cable Bade nae configuration 2 5 hot swap hard disk 00D8850 ae drive Cable poner supay itero ow e O O museoen o O fwen o S O fws Css O femeas e C a CO fams s C wese i s C ovon eo 156 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 Parts listing for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 8 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part
115. 4 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing and installing internal drives The following figure shows the locations of the drive bays in 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies 182 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide The following figure shows the locations of the drive bays in the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x o a h 0 JJ ped lt EA E Bay 7 Bay 8 Bay 9 Bay 10 The following notes describe the types of drives that the server supports and other information that you must consider when installing a drive e Make sure that you have all the cables and other equipment that is specified in the documentation that comes with the drive Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 183 Check the instructions that come with the drive to see whether you have to set
116. 426 7378 Hardware service and support You can receive hardware service through your IBM reseller or IBM Services To locate a reseller authorized by IBM to provide warranty service go to http www ibm com partnerworld and click Find Business Partners on the right side of the page For IBM support telephone numbers see http www ibm com planetwide In the U S and Canada call 1 800 IBM SERV 1 800 426 7378 In the U S and Canada hardware service and support is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week In the U K these services are available Monday through Friday from 9 a m to 6 p m IBM Taiwan product service GW IBM E Ah HL SIR AS FH Bh Gi BUS es RSI BIA a TETRA BS 7 BE 3 ii fag O800 016 888 IBM Taiwan product service contact information IBM Taiwan Corporation 3F No 7 Song Ren Rad Taipei Taiwan Telephone 0800 016 888 Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance 295 296 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Appendix B Notices Trademarks This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A IBM may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service m
117. 6 server No action information only 00000000 address assigned fails to assign an IP address to a Management Controller 4000003c Platform Watchdog Error An implementation No action information only 00000000 Timer expired for arg1 has detected an OS Loader Watchdog Timer Expired 4000003d Telnet port number Info A user has No action information only 00000000 changed from arg1 to modified the telnet arg2 by user arg3 port number Chapter 3 Diagnostics 71 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000003e 00000000 4000003f 00000000 40000040 00000000 40000041 00000000 40000042 00000000 40000043 00000000 40000044 00000000 40000045 00000000 40000046 00000000 40000047 00000000 40000048 00000000 40000049 00000000 4000004a 00000000 SSH port number changed from arg1 to arg2 by user arg3 Web HTTP port number changed from arg1 to arg2 by user arg3 Web HTTPS port number changed from argi to arg2 by user arg3 CIM XML HTTP port number changed from arg1 to arg2 by user arg3 CIM XML HTTPS port number changed from argi to arg2 by user arg3 SNMP Agent port number
118. 82 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The ServerGuide program will Make sure that the operating system CD is supported by the ServerGuide program not start the operating system See the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD label for a list of supported CD operating system versions The operating system cannot be Make sure that the operating system is supported on the server If the operating installed the option is not system is supported no logical drive is defined RAID servers Run the available ServerGuide program and make sure that setup is complete Software problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician You suspect a software 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that problem e The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use
119. A Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual length of time when you start the program This is normal operation while the program loads Reboot the system after the DSA is completed Press F1 to boot the uEFI setup menu and enable software RAID Save the setting and reboot the system The system will boot back to NOS Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error Aborted The test could not proceed because of the server configuration Viewing the test log To view the test log when the tests are completed type the view command in the DSA interactive menu or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user interface To transfer DSA Preboot collections to an external USB device type the copy command in the DSA interactive menu Diagnostic messages The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the action column Chapter 3 Diagnostics 95 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4
120. A statement BHUMAHUE Hactosnwee uzsgennue oTHocutca K Knaccy A B KUbIX NOMELUGHUAX OHO MOXKET CO3MaBaTb pagvonomexi NA CHUDKEHUA KOTOPbIX HEOOXOAMMb I DONONHUTeNbHbIe Mepbi People s Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement i EA A RET ETRE Ze AA ES IEMA RBH ERENT ARES AMH FPA AMT SAY TY ENE Taiwan Class A compliance statement ie SEE AE Age JF AP oe PY FRO a FE FEAE WY Eg ae P 4E JAR gt T AL 2 RAHA UE gt PLS fH IU F o UAH eRB RAR FH A HAYS RO Appendix B Notices 303 304 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Index A ABR automatic boot failure recovery 144 AC power LED 15 accessible documentation 299 acoustical noise emissions 7 8 10 adapter removing 176 specifications 7 administrator password 275 administrator password clear 274 administrator password set 274 Advanced Settings Utility 285 ASM event log 24 assertion event system event log 24 assistance getting 293 ASU 276 attention notices 6 automatic boot failure recovery ABR 144 B battery replacing 209 battery system replacing 207 before you install a legacy operating system 270 bezel installing 171 lower installing 173 removing 171 removing 169 upper installing 175 removing 174 boot failure three consecutive 144 Boot Manager program 268 275 C caution statements 6 CD drive installing 185 problems 82 removing 184 CDs recovery 159 checkout
121. Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 805 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped invalid from the power source You must command for the disconnect the system from ac power GIVEN LAIN to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http
122. EDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit wnen the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity light is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed e Check for operating system specific causes of the problem e Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that_a_software proble
123. ERV CALL Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 215 903 xxx Optical Drive Verify Media Aborted Could not access 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try Installed the drive a new media and wait for 15 Read Write seconds Test Run the test again Self Test Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or Messages and damage to the cable Replace the actions apply to cable if it is damaged EEES Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Run the test again 7 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www iom com support
124. If IBM acquires or installs a consumable component at your request you will be charged for the service e Tier 1 customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Tier 2 customer replaceable unit You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty Information document that comes with the server The following illustration shows the major components in 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies depending on the server model The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 9 Copyright IBM Corp 2012 151 1 Table 8 Parts listing for 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Type 2582 For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 9 CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number eee a Powersuppy sow i O oe Powersuppy ssw i S o System boardasse
125. Internal LEDs connectors and jumpers _A pee pe ee ee ee oe we Y i System board internal connectors 17 System board external connectors 18 System board LEDs a ee ee eee ee ee ee O System board switches and jumpers eee ee eee ewe ee ee a Chapter 3 Diagnostics a 2 4 2 28 Diagnostic tools amp wm amp ok w Bk a w w w ZO Event logs oe eee eee ee ae a ee Viewing event logs through the Setup utility ee se eK Ae oo ee amp 2 ee Viewing event logs without restarting the server 24 Clearing the event logs 2 6 2 ew ew ee ew ee 26 POST 4 _eoeewewre ed Peanwe se 2 eA Se we amp ZO POST error codes pene g p a a e ds Bee eee ee amp we oO System event log sons ongoa amp 2 OO Integrated management module II IMM2 error messages P e E E E Checkout procedure _ee ee oe ee oe oe ewe ee ws a oo OO About the checkout procedure coe ee ee ee ee ee ow Oe oe o Performing the checkout procedure 81 Troubleshooting tables 2 2 82 DVD drive problems 82 General problems 2 a ee ee 8B Hard disk drive problems eee ee ee BB Intermittent problems 2 we we bow we amp 2 Oe Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems ine ne ee ee a oe amp 2 OO Memory problems 2 6
126. M2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 000 xxx IMM2 V2 12C Test The test passed No action information only 122 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website
127. MM disabled Info DIMM disabled _ Make sure the DIMM is installed 806f040c 2002xxxx for DIMM n Status correctly see 806f040c 2003xxxx n DIMM number module on page 203 eee If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault memory uncorrectable error or memory logging limit reached follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU 50 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f040c 2581xxxx Memory DIMM disabled for One of the DIMMs or All DIMMs Info DIMM disabled 1 Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly see module on page 203 If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault memory uncorrectable error or memory logging limit reached follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server Check the IBM support website for an applicable re
128. O d 3 is J A gano o E E Paap i a Dao LIN O EH D l ai ia Ba i D J L Li T U5 te Remove the other four screws that also secure the power supply cage to the chassis then slide the cage toward the front of the server to disengage the retaining clips from the top of the chassis and lift the cage out of the chassis 248 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide J T D J Ko clips Jr UE A Vj 9 If you are instructed to return the power supply cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to yOu Installing the hot swap power supply cage This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To install the hot swap power supply cage on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Place the power supply cage into the chassis and slide it toward the rear of the server until the retaining clips engage the top of the chassis then install the
129. POST and all system status messages from IMM2 You can view the contents of the system event log from the Setup utility for more information The system event log is limited in size When it is full new entries will not overwrite existing entries therefore you must periodically clear the system event log through the Setup utility When you are troubleshooting you might have to clear the system event log to make the most recent events available for analysis Each system event log entry is displayed on its own page Messages are listed on the left side of the screen and details about the selected message is displayed on the right side of the screen To move from one entry to the next use the Up Arrow 1 and Down Arrow JV keys The system event log indicates an assertion event when an event has occurred It indicates a de assertion event when the event is no longer occurring Integrated management module II IMM2 event log This log contains a filtered subset of all IMM2 POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the IMM2 event log through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the ASM event log DSA log This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM2 chassis event log as the ASM event log and the operating system event logs You can view the DSA log through the DSA program Viewing e
130. S Reconnect any cables that you disconnected during the removal of the old microprocessor Secure the SATA signal cables with the retention clips Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server To install the microprocessor and heat sink on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the microprocessor to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the microprocessor from the package Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 255 2 Remove the protective cover tape or label from the surface of the microprocessor socket if any is present 3 Rotate the release lever on the microprocessor socket to the fully open position Attention Make sure that the release lever on the microprocessor socket is in the fully open position before you insert the microprocessor in the socket Failure to do so might result in permanent damage to the microprocessor microprocessor socket and system board 4 Carefully grasp the microprocessor and place
131. SB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 IMM2_user_id The IMM2 account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID IMM2_password The IMM2 account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM2 using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the following unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values 290 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_ password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt user lt IMM2_ user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do no
132. System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 810 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped request from the power source You must data length Is disconnect the system from ac power invalid to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support su
133. Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 201 801 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the 4 Turn off and restart the system system UEFI programmed the 2 Run the test again memory controller 3 Make sure that the server firmware is with an invalid at the latest level The installed CBAR address firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 201 802 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the _ Turn off and restart the system end address in the F820 function is Run the test again less than 16 MB 3 Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Setup utility Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA eve
134. Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Keyboard mouse or pointing device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician All or some keys on the _ Make sure that keyboard do not work e The keyboard cable is securely connected e The server and the monitor are turned on If you are using a USB keyboard and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the keyboard from the hub and connect it directly to the server Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Keyboard b Trained service technician only System board The mouse or pointing device Make sure that does not work e The mouse or pointing device cable is securely connected to the server e The mouse or pointing device drivers are installed correctly e The server and the monitor are turned on e The mouse option is enabled in the Setup utility program If you are using a USB mouse or pointing device and it is connected to a USB hub disconnect the mouse or pointing device from the hub an
135. ace the adapter with a different one suspect the system board If you Suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server Chapter 3 Diagnostics 147 Problem determination tips Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that can encounter use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when requesting assistance from IBM The model number and serial number are on the lower right side of the bezel and serial number Machine type and model Microprocessor or hard disk drive upgrades Failure symptom Does the server fail the diagnostic tests What occurs When Where Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers ls the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before the configuration failed ls this the original reported failure Diagnostic program type and version level Hardware configuration print screen of the system summary IMM2 firmware level Operating system software You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly
136. afety statement Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations To install the replacement battery on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery 2 Insert the battery a Hold the battery in a vertical orientation so that the smaller side is facing the socket b Tilt the battery and slide the battery into its socket then press the battery toward the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely AN X or Positive side Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Reconnect the external
137. air or replacement of servers or parts on implementation of appropriate remedial measures to mitigate such environmental contamination Implementation of such remedial measures is a customer responsibility Table 20 Limits for particulates and gases Particulate The room air must be continuously filtered with 40 atmospheric dust spot efficiency MERV 9 according to ASHRAE Standard 52 2 Air that enters a data center must be filtered to 99 97 efficiency or greater using high efficiency particulate air HEPA filters that meet MIL STD 282 The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination must be more than 60 The room must be free of conductive contamination such as zinc whiskers Gaseous Copper Class G1 as per ANSI ISA 71 04 1985 Silver Corrosion rate of less than 300 A in 30 days ASHRAE 52 2 2008 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size Atlanta American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity at which the dust absorbs enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction 3 ANSI ISA 71 04 1985 Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems Airborne contaminants Instrument Society of America Research Triangle Park North Carolina U S A Documentation format The publications for this product are
138. alling device drivers For the IMM2 to use the LAN over USB interface you might have to install operating system drivers If the automatic setup fails or if you prefer to set up the LAN over USB manually use one of the following procedures For more information about LAN over USB configuration on different operating systems see the IBM white paper Transitioning to UEFI and IMM on the IBM website Installing the Windows IPMI device driver The Microsoft IPMI device driver is not installed by default on Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 operating systems To install the Microsoft IPMI device driver complete the following steps 1 From the Windows desktop clickStart Control Panel Add or Remove Programs 2 Click Add Remove Windows Components 3 From the component list select Management and Monitoring Tools and then click Details 4 Select Hardware Management 5 Click Next The installation wizard opens and guides you through the installation Note The Windows installation CD might be required Installing the LAN over USB Windows device driver When you install Windows an unknown RNDIS device is shown in the Device Manager You must install a Windows INF file that identifies this device and is required by Windows operating system to detect and use the LAN over USB functionality The signed version of the INF is included in all of the Windows versions of the IMM2 UEFI and DSA update packages The file needs to be installed o
139. and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Remove the heat sink see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 Disconnect the hard disk power cables from the backplate Disconnect the cables from the power supply to the system board and all internal components Note the routing of all power supply cables you will need to route the power supply cables the same way when you install the power supply Attention Support the power supply while you remove the mounting screws After the screws are removed the power supply is loose and can damage other components in the server While you support the power supply remove the screws that secure it to the chassis then lift the power supply out of the chassis Save the screws to use when you install the replacement power supply Note You may find it easier to remove the power supply by pushing the bottom upward Do not pull the cables Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 241
140. and other equipment that is specified in the documentation that comes with the new drive e You check the instructions that come with the new drive to determine whether you must set any switches or jumpers on the drive e You have removed the drive retainer clip on the side of the old drive and have it available for installation on the new drive To install a tape drive on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Remove the bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 6 Remove the air duct 7 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface 8 Set any jumpers or switches on the drive according to the documentation that comes with the drive 9 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 190 IBM System x3100 M4
141. and switches on the system board The illustrations might differ slightly from your hardware Note The connectors on the system board illustrations might vary slightly from your system board depending on your server model System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board PCI PCI PCI PCI slot 4 slot 3 slot 2 slot 1 Power 2 Power 1 aon eee ans 0 Power 3 U 5 Microprocessor O Battery l E p D ie Power 4 See A Front panel connector NnF Front USB _l i connector SATA 5 USB tape drive connector SATA4 SATA3 SATA2 SATA1 SATAO DIMM4 DIMM3 Chapter 2 Introduction 17 System board external connectors The following illustration shows the external connectors
142. any switches or jumpers on the drive If you are installing a SATA device be sure to set the SATA ID for that device Optional external tape drives DVD ROM drive are examples of removable media drives You can install removable media drives only in bays 1 and 2 The electromagnetic interference EMI integrity and cooling of the server are protected by having all bays and PCI slots covered or occupied When you install a drive or PCI adapter save the EMC shield and filler panel from the bay or the PCI adapter slot cover in the event that you later remove the drive or adapter e For a complete list of supported options for the server see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Removing a DVD drive To remove a DVD drive in 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Disconnect the power cab
143. ap them into place 3 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 4 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 5 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 175 Removing a ServeRAID adapter To remove an ServeRAID adapter on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines 2 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 5 Remove the air duct 6 Disconnect any cables from the ServeRAID adapter or any cables that impede access to the ServeRAID adapter 7 Lift the end of the rear adapter retention bracket till the tab disengages the hole on the chassis 8 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket upward to remove it from the chassis 9 Remove the expansion slot screw at th
144. aps arg5 4000006a SSH Client key added 00000000 for user arg1 Info User account No action information only SNMPV3 settings changed Info User locally No action information only defined an SSH Client key 4000006b SSH Client key 00000000 imported for user arg1 from arg2 4000006c SSH Client key 00000000 removed from user arg1 4000006d Management Controller 00000000 arg1 Configuration saved to a file by user arg2 Info User imported an No action information only SSH Client key Info User removed an No action information only SSH Client key Info A user saves a No action information only Management Controller configuration to a file 4000006e Alert Configuration 00000000 Global Event Notification set by user arg1 RetryLimit arg2 Retrylnterval arg3 Entrylnterval arg4 Info A user changes No action information only the Global Event Notification settings 4000006f 00000000 Alert Recipient Number arg1 updated Name arg2 DeliveryMethod arg3 Address arg4 IncludeLog arg5 Enabled arg6 EnabledAlerts arg7 AllowedFilters arg8 Info A user adds or No action information only updates an Alert Recipient 76 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until th
145. are and software are supported verify that the server supports the installed operating system optional devices and software levels If any hardware or software component is not supported uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for support b Make sure that the server operating system and software are installed and configured correctly Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or incorrectly seated adapters You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server reconnecting cables reseating adapters and turning the server back_on For information about performing the checkout procedure see Checkout procedure on page 80 For information about configuring the server see Configuring the server on page 268 6 See controller and management software documentation If the problem is associated with a specific function for example if a RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array see the documentation for the associated controller and management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network adapters 2 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide For problems with operating syst
146. as been detected 80080128 2101xxxx Low security jumper Info The low security No action information only presence has asserted jumper has been detected 81030006 2101xxxx Sig verify fail has Info The sig verify fail No action information only deasserted has deasserted Web interface messages 40000001 IMM Network Info An IMM network No action information only 00000000 Initialization Complete has completed initialization Chapter 3 Diagnostics 61 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000002 Certificate Authority Error A problem has Make sure that the certificate that 00000000 arg1 has detected a occurred with the you are importing is correct and arg2 Certificate Error SSL Server SSL correctly generated Client or SSL Tiv importina th tificat l Trusted CA Try importing the certificate again certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated by the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link 40000003 Ethernet Data Rate Info The specified user No action information only 00000000 modified from arg1 to has
147. ated The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem The microprocessor is correctly installed a Disconnect the server power cords Reseat the following components a DIMMs b Power supply cables to all internal components Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DIMMs b Trained service technician only Power supply If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports See Solving undetermined problems on page 147 The server does not turn off Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following steps a Press Ctrl Alt Delete Turn off the server by holding the power control button for 5 seconds b c Restart the server d If the server fails POST and the power control button does not work disconnect the ac power cord for 20 seconds then reconnect the ac power cord and restart the server 2 Trained service technician only If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPI aware operating system suspect the system board The server unexpectedly shuts See Solving undetermined problems on page 147 down and the LEDs on the control panel assembly are not lit 90 IBM Sys
148. ation only expired for IPMI expired has been Watchdog detected 806f0123 2101xxxx Reboot of system Info A reboot by a No action information only initiated by IPMI watchdog occurred Watchdog has been detected 806f0223 2101xxxx Powering off system Info A poweroff by No action information only initiated by IPMI watchdog has Watchdog been detected Chapter 3 Diagnostics 59 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0323 2101xxxx Power cycle of system Info A power cycle by No action information only initiated by IPMI watchdog has Watchdog been detected 806f0823 2101xxxx Watchdog Timer Info A watchdog timer No action information only interrupt occurred for interrupt has been IPM Watchdog detected 806f0109 1301xxxx Host power has been Info A power unit that No action information only power cycled has been power cycled has been detected 806f0009 1301xxxx Host Power has been Info A power unit has No action information only turned off been disabled 80030012 2301xxxx Sensor OS RealTime Info An implementation No action information only Mod has deasserted has detected a sensor has deasserted sensor has 80030006 2101xxxx Sensor Sig Ve
149. attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Remove the microprocessor and heat sink See Removing the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 Attention Remove the socket covers from the microprocessor sockets on the new system board and place them on the microprocessor sockets of the system board you are removing Pull the drive cage half out of the chassis 258 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 9 10 11 Disengage the cables from any retention clips Note where each cable is connected then disconnect all cables from the system board Attention Disengage all latches release tabs or locks on cable connectors when you disconnect all cables from the system board Failing to release them before removing the cables will damage the cable sockets on the system board The cable sockets on the system board are fragile Any damage to the cable sockets may require replacing the system board Remove any of the following components in addition to others that might not be listed that are installed on the system board and put them in a safe static protective place e Adapters see Removi
150. ay be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non IBM product program or service IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk NY 10504 1785 U S A INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to yOu This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non IBM websites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner
151. ble a software RAID array of hard disk drives To disable a software RAID array of hard disk drives complete the following steps 1 oto pE ee Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active after the power on LED flashes slowly When the prompt lt F1 Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password Select Devices and I O Ports Adapters and UEFI drivers Save the setting and reboot the system Press F1 to boot the uEFI setup menu Select Devices and I O Ports gt Configure SATA as Select IDE or AHCI Save the setting and reboot the system IBM Advanced Settings Utility program The IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program is an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the system to access the Setup utility In addition the ASU program provides limited settings for configuring the IPMI function in the IMM2 through the command line interface Use the command line interface to issue setup commands You can save any of the settings as a file and run the file as a script The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch processing mode Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 285 For more information a
152. borted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped a from the power source You must command response disconnect the system from ac power coula not be to reset the IMM2 provided the SDR repository is in After 45 seconds reconnect the update mode system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 117 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support
153. by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 405 904 xxx Intel Ethernet Test Interrupt Failed A failure was 1 Device detected while testing interrupts 405 905 xxx Intel Ethernet Test Loop back at Failed A failure was Device MAC Layer detected during the loopback test at the MAC layer 140 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see utility on page 271 to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com
154. by the ElementName Network Time Protocol server 68 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000022 00000000 SSL data in the IMM configuration data is invalid Clearing configuration data region and disabling SSL H25 Flash of 1 from 2 succeeded for user 3 Y 1 CIM_ManagedElement ElementName 2 Web or LegacyCLl 3 user ID 40000023 00000000 Flash of 1 from 2 failed for user 3 1 CIM_ManagedElement ElementName 2 Web or LegacyCLl 3 user ID 40000024 00000000 There is a problem with the certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated through the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link A user has successfully updated one of the following firmware components IMM main application IMM boot ROM Server firmware UEFI Diagnostics System power backplane Remote expansion enclosure power backplane Integrated service processor Remote expansion enclosure processor An attempt to update
155. cable through the opening in the front of the chassis Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 233 8 Place the tab on the bottom edge of the USB housing into the bottom of the opening in the chassis 9 Tilt the top of the USB housing into position to the end 10 Secure the front USB housing with the screw 11 Reroute and connect the front USB cable to the front USB connector on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front USB connector 12 Install the air duct 13 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 14 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 15 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 16 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server To install the front USB connector assembly on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Ti and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 66 4 Remov
156. cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 7 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program and reset the configuration e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server ou E a IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide See Using the Setup utility on page 271 for details To install the replacement battery on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery 2 Insert the new battery a Orient the battery so that the positive side faces up b Tilt the battery and slide the battery into its socket AN OF Positive side c Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely 3 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 5 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server 6 Start the Configuration Setup Utility program and reset the configuration e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password
157. cates that the power supply has failed Serial connector Connect a 9 pin serial device to this connector The serial port is shared with the integrated management module II IMM2 The IMM2 can take control of the shared serial port to redirect serial traffic using Serial over LAN SOL Video connector Connect a monitor to this connector USB connectors Connect USB devices to these connectors NMI button Press this button to force a nonmaskable interrupt to the microprocessor It allows you to blue screen the server and take a memory dump use this button only when directed by the IBM service support You might have to use a pen or the end of a straightened paper clip to press the button Ethernet connector Use either of these connectors to connect the server to a network When you use the Ethernet O connector the network can be shared with the IMM2 through a single network cable Ethernet transmit receive activity LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector When this LED is flashing it indicates that there is activity between the server and the network Ethernet link status LED This LED is on the Ethernet connector When this LED is lit it indicates that there is an active connection on the Ethernet port Server power features When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on the operating system does not run and all core logic except for the integrated management module II IMM2 is shutdown however
158. ce are secure If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device Reseat the failing device Replace the failing device Chapter 3 Diagnostics 89 Power problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The power control button does Make sure that the control panel assembly power control button is working not work the server does not correctly start Note The power control button will not function until 1 to 3 b Reconnect the power cords minutes after the server has c Press the power control button If the server does not start check the been connected to ac power power control button for damage Make sure that The power cords are correctly connected to the server and to a working electrical outlet The power LEDs AC DC are lit correctly The server power on LED on the front information panel is flashing after AC power cord is connected and that it stays on after the power button is pressed The server contains the correct type of DIMMs The DIMMs are correctly se
159. ce technician Attention During normal operation each power supply bay must contain either a hot swap power supply or a hot swap power supply filler for proper cooling To remove a hot swap power supply on server models with hot swap power supplies 5U chassis complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Disconnect the power cord from the power supply that is to be removed 3 Press down on the orange release lever and pull the power supply out of the bay using the handle IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Hot swap power supply 4 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the hot swap power supply This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x The following items describe the type of power supply that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a power supply e To confirm that the server supports the power supply that you are installing see http www iom com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us e The server comes standard with one 430 watt hot swap power supply The input voltage is 110 V ac or 220 V ac auto sensing e These pow
160. cessfully replace the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Chapter 3 Diagnostics 145 Solving Ethernet controller problems 146 The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file Try the following procedures e Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the server are installed and that they are at the latest level e Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling If you directly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port e Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub e Check the Ethernet controller L
161. ch they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information or code Description Aton 2011001 PCI SERR Check the riser card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Replace the affected adapters and riser cards see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page and Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 Trained service technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board lon page 258and Installing the system board on page 261 2018001 PCI Express uncorrected or uncorrected Check the riser card LEDs error Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Replace the affected adapters and riser cards see and 178 Trained service technician only Replace the system board seg Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page
162. changed from argi to arg2 by user arg3 SNMP Traps port number changed from arg1 to arg2 by user args Syslog port number changed from arg1 to arg2 by user arg3 Remote Presence port number changed from argi to arg2 by user arg3 LED arg1 state changed to arg2 by arg3 Inventory data changed for device arg1 new device data hash arg2 new master data hash arg3 SNMP arg1 enabled by user arg2 SNMP arg1 disabled by user arg2 A user has modified the SSH port number A user has modified the Web HTTP port number A user has modified the Web HTTPS port number A user has modified the CIM HTTP port number A user has modified the CIM HTTPS port number A user has modified the SNMP Agent port number A user has modified the SNMP Traps port number A user has modified the Syslog receiver port number A user has modified the Remote Presence port number A user has modified the state of an LED Something has caused the physical inventory to change A user enabled SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 or Traps A user disabled SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 or Traps 72 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action No action information only information on
163. chines Corp New Orchard Road Armonk New York 10504 914 499 1900 Der verantwortliche Ansprechpartner des Herstellers in der EU ist IBM Deutschland GmbH Technical Regulations Abteilung M372 IBM Allee 1 71139 Ehningen Germany Telephone 49 7032 15 2941 Email lugi de ibm com Generelle Informationen Das Gerat erfullt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A VCCI Class A statement COBBIS QIA A SRW CT ORES REICHERT S CBR SSSXHIOTFCEMHOVET COMPBICSEAADBVATE RI DZKDBKENSZCEMHVET VCCI A This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI If this equipment is used in a domestic environment radio interference may occur in which case the user may be required to take corrective actions Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA statement Japanese Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA Confirmed Harmonics Guideline products less than or equal to 20 A per phase Korea Communications Commission KCC statement O WIE ASPSAs L AAW BIE A HHA BE ASHE Ol SS SAHI HFH IEAA ASAA ArSote ASS ALT PEN 302 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide This is electromagnetic wave compatibility equipment for business Type A Sellers and users need to pay attention to it This is for any areas other than home Russia Electromagnetic Interference EMI Class
164. ck for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician onl the system board see the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 Firmware and software messages Chapter 3 Diagnostics 57 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f000f 22010bxx The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 816f000f 22010bxx The System 1 encountered a POST Error deasserted 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 806f000f 2201xxxx The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Firmware BIOS ROM corruption was detected during POST Sensor ABR Status Firmware BIOS ROM corruption was deasserted during POST Sensor ABR Status The System encountered a firmware error Sensor Firmware Error 58 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 1 2 3 4 5 Make sure the server mee
165. cket till the tab disengages the hole on the chassis Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket upward to remove it from the chassis Remove the screw that secures the expansion slot cover to the chassis Store the expansion slot cover and screw in a safe place for future use Note Expansion slot covers must be installed on all vacant slots This maintains the electronic emissions standards of the server and ensures proper ventilation of server components Touch the static protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the adapter from the static protective package Avoid touching the components and gold edge connectors on the adapter Carefully grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corners and align it with the expansion slot guides then press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot Attention Make sure that the adapter is correctly seated in the expansion slot before you turn on the server Incomplete installation of an adapter might damage the system board or the adapter Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 179 Adapter 16 Position the rear adapter retention bracket so that the hole in one of the hinge points is aligned with the hinge pin on the chassis then place the hinge pin through the hole on the chassis
166. cking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server Reduce the ambient temperature Check the server airflow Make sure that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server Reduce the ambient temperature Check the server airflow Make sure that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server No action information only 1 Check DIMM n error LED 2 Replace DIMM n n DIMM number 806f0008 0a01 xxxx 806f0008 0a02xxxx 40 The Power Supply Power Supply n presence has been added to container n power supply number Power supply n has been added n power supply number IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide No action information only Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0108 0a01 xxxx 806f0108 0a02xxxx 806f0308 0a01 xxxx 806f0308 0a02xxxx 806f0608 0a01 xxxx 806f0608 0a02xxxx 800b0108 1301xxxx 80010002 0701xxxx 80010202 0701xxxx 80010902 0701xxxx 80010202 0701xxxx The Power Supply n has failed n power supply number Error Info Error Error Error
167. click Continue Notices and statements in this document The caution and danger statements that appear in this document are also in the multilingual Safety Information document which is on the IBM xSeries Documentation CD Each statement is numbered for reference to the corresponding statement in the Safety Information document The following notices and statements are used in this document e Note These notices provide important tips guidance or advice e Important These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid inconvenient or problem situations e Attention These notices indicate potential damage to programs devices or data An attention notice is placed just before the instruction or situation in which damage might occur e Caution These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you A caution statement is placed just before the description of a potentially hazardous procedure step or situation e Danger These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you A danger statement is placed just before the description of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous procedure step or situation 6 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Features and specifications The following information is a summary of the features and specifications for Machine Type 2582 Depending on the server model some features mi
168. correctly to avoid possible danger If you replace the battery you must adhere to the following instructions Note In the U S call 1 800 IBM 4333 for information about battery disposal If you replace the original lithium battery with a heavy metal battery or a battery with heavy metal components be aware of the following environmental consideration Batteries and accumulators that contain heavy metals must not be disposed of with normal domestic waste They will be taken back free of charge by the manufacturer distributor or representative to be recycled or disposed of in a proper manner To order replacement batteries call 1 800 IBM SERV within the United States and 1 800 465 7999 or 1 800 465 6666 within Canada Outside the U S and Canada call your support center or business partner Notes 1 After you replace the battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time http publib boulder iobm com You need to use IPMI to reset SEL Time see infocenter Inxinfo v3r0m0 index jsp topic liaai ipmi ipmikick htm for more information Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled
169. cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Press on the side cover and push from the rear side of the side cover until it locks securely into place Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 167 168 4 Secure the side cover in place with the two chassis screws on the rear of the side cover 5 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps in order to remove the side cover For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Make sure that all cables adapters and other components are installed and seated correctly and that you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server Also make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed Important The cover lock must be in the unlocked opened position before you install the side cover 2 If you removed the upper and lower bezels reinstall them before you replace the side cover see Installing the upper bezel on page 175 and Installing the lower bezel on page 173 3 Position the lip at the bottom edge of the side cover on the ledge at the bottom of the chassis then rotate the cover up to the chassis Press down on the cover release latch and push the cover into the chassis until it latches
170. cted into an XML file that you can send to IBM service and support Additionally you can view the server information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the outputs xml gz txt html to removable media and view the html from a web browser See the diagnostic programs on page 94 and Diagnostic messages on page 95 for more information Server LEDs Use the LEDs on the server to diagnose system errors quickly See Server controls LEDs and power on page 11 for more information e IBM Electronic Service Agent 23 Event logs IBM Electronic Service Agent is a software tool that monitors the server for hardware error events and automatically submits electronic service requests to IBM service and support In addition it can collect and transmit system configuration information on a scheduled basis so that the information is available to you and your support representative It uses minimal system resources and is available free of charge For more information and to download IBM Electronic service Agent go to http www ibm com support entry portal Open_service_request Error codes and messages are displayed in the following types of event logs POST event log This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were generated during POST You can view the POST event log through the Setup utility System event log This log contains messages that were generated during
171. ctions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 253 Installing a microprocessor and heat sink To install the microprocessor and heat sink on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the microprocessor to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the microprocessor from the package 2 Remove the protective cover tape or label from the surface of the microprocessor socket if any is present 3 Rotate the release lever on the microprocessor socket to the fully open position Attention Make sure that the release lever on the microprocessor socket is in the fully open position before you insert the microprocessor in the socket Failure to do so might result in permanent damage to the microprocessor microprocessor socket and system board 4 Carefully grasp the microprocessor and place the microprocessor into the microprocessor socket Note To maintain correct orientation between the microprocessor and the microprocessor socket during installation observe the following information e The microprocessor has two notches that are keyed to two tabs on the sides of the socket e A triangle shaped indicator on one corner of the microprocessor
172. cts Support if any for the non IBM products is provided by the third party not IBM Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Particulate contamination Attention Airborne particulates including metal flakes or particles and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server that is described in this document Risks that are posed by the presence of excessive particulate levels or concentrations of harmful gases include damage that might cause the server to malfunction or cease functioning altogether This specification sets forth limits for particulates and gases that are intended to avoid such damage The limits must not be viewed or used as definitive limits because numerous other factors such as temperature or moisture content of the air can influence the impact of particulates or environmental corrosives and gaseous contaminant transfer In the absence of specific limits that are set forth in this document you must implement practices that maintain particulate and gas levels that are consistent with the protection of human health and safety If IBM determines that the levels of particulates or gases in your environment have caused damage to the server IBM may condition provision of rep
173. d by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80670313 1701xxxx A software NMI has Error A software NMI Check the device driver occurred on system has occurred l l 1 Reinstall the device driver 1 Update all device drivers to the CIM_ComputerSystem latest level ElementName Update the firmware UEFI and IMM2 see Updating the firmware on page 267 81030012 2301xxxx Sensor OS RealTime Info OS RealTime Mod No action information only Mod state has state has deasserted deasserted 5 Trained technician only Replace 80070219 0701xxxx Sensor Sys Board Fault Error A sensor has Check the system event log has transitioned to changed to Critical Check for an error LED on the critical state from a less system board severe state Replace any failing device Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code the system board 806f020f 2201xxxx The System 1 Info A POST progress No action information only encountered a POST has been Progress detected 1 Sensor CIM_ComputerSystem Progress ElementName 806f0312 2201xxxx Entry to aux log has Info Entry to aux log No action information only asserted h
174. d connect it directly to the server Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Mouse or pointing device b Trained service technician only System board Chapter 3 Diagnostics 85 Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The amount of system memory 41 Make sure that that is displayed is less than the amount of installed physical e No error LEDs are lit on the control panel assembly or on the system board memory e The memory modules are seated correctly e You have installed the correct type of memory e All DIMMs are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a DIMM when it detected a problem Check the POST error log for error message 289 e Ifa DIMM was disabled by a system management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM Run memory diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 Make sure that there is no memory mismatch when the server is over the minimum memory configuration one 1 GB DIMM
175. d gateway address specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM2 IP address save the network changes Reset IMM2 to Defaults Select this choice to view or reset IMM2 to the default settings Reset IMM2 Select this choice to reset IMM2 Adapters and UEFI Drivers 2 2 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Select this choice to view information about the UEFI 1 10 and UEFI 2 0 compliant adapters and drivers installed in the server Network Select this choice to view or configure the network device options such as iSCSI PXE and network devices Date and Time Select this choice to set the date and time in the server in 24 hour format hour minute second This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only Start Options Select this choice to view or boot to devices including the startup sequence The server starts from the first boot record that it finds This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only Boot Manager Select this choice to view add delete or change the device boot priority boot from a file select a one time boot or reset the boot order to the default setting If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions you can specify a startup sequence for the Wake on LAN functions For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the DVD drive then checks t
176. d interim fixes complete the following steps 1 Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks 2 Ona system that is connected to the Internet go to http www ibm com support fixcentral From the Product family list select IBM Systems Director From the Product list select IBM Systems Director From the Installed version list select the latest version and click Continue Download the available updates Copy the downloaded files to the management server On the management server on the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface click the Manage tab and click Update Manager 9 Click Import updates and specify the location of the downloaded files that you copied to the management server 10 Return to the Welcome page of the web interface and click View updates 11 Select the updates that you want to install and click Install to start the installation wizard Ne eS 2 Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID The Universal Unique Identifier UUID must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in the UEFI based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make 286 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide sure that you download the version for your operating system You can download the ASU from the IBM website To download the ASU and update the UUID com
177. dapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 141 Recovering the server firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code If the server firmware has become corrupted such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the server firmware in the following way e In band method Recover server firmware using either the boot block jumper Automated Boot Recovery and a server Firmware Update Package Service Pack Note You can obtain a server update package from one of the following sources e Download the server firmware update from the World Wide Web e Contact your IBM service representative To download the server firmware update package from the World Wide Web complete the following steps 1 Go to http www ibm com systems support 2 Under Product support click System x 3 Under Popular links select Software and device drivers 4 From the Product family menu select Sys
178. de Setup and Installation CD The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD provides software setup tools and installation tools that are designed for your server The ServerGuide program detects the server model and hardware options that are installed and uses that information during setup to configure the hardware The ServerGuide program simplifies operating system installations by providing updated device drivers and in some cases installing them automatically To download the CD go to http www iobm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid SERV GUIDE and click IBM Service and Support Site The ServerGuide program has the following features e An easy to use interface e Diskette free setup and configuration programs that are based on detected hardware e ServeRAID Manager program which configures your ServeRAID adapter e Device drivers that are provided for your server model and detected hardware e Operating system partition size and file system type that are selectable during setup ServerGuide features Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program To learn more about the version that you have start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD and view the online overview Not all features are Supported on all server models The ServerGuide program requires a supported IBM server with an enabled startable bootable CD drive In addition to the ServerGuide Setup and Installation
179. device drivers are installed the IMM2 USB network interface is shown as a network device in the operating system To discover the name that the operating system has assigned to the IMM2 USB network interface type dmesg grep i cdc ether Use the ifconfig command to configure the interface to have an IP address in the range 169 254 xxx xxx For example ifconfig IMM2_device_name 169 254 1 102 netmask 255 255 0 0 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide This interface is configured to have an IP address in the 169 254 xxx xxx range each time that the operating system is started Enabling the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program The Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program is part of the server firmware You can use it to configure the network as a startable device and you can customize where the network startup option appears in the startup sequence To enable the Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility program complete the following steps 1 From the Setup utility main menu select Devices and I O Ports and press Enter Select Enable Disable onboard device s and press Enter Select Ethernet and press Enter Select Enable and press Enter Exit to the main menu and select Save Settings and press Enter oY a IN Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller The Ethernet controller is integrated on the system board It provides an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and prov
180. dicates the status of the boot process of the IMM2 When the server is connected to power this LED flashes quickly to indicate that the IMM2 code is loading When the loading is complete the LED stops flashing briefly and then flashes slowly to indicate that the IMM2 if fully operational and you can press the power control button to start the server RTMM RTMM heartbeat LED LED Power on and power off sequencing Eeee power LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the server is connected to ac power System board switches and jumpers The following illustration shows the jumpers on the system board Low security _N IMM SPI half jumper JP22 ROM enable JP12 m i T MTT Tl fl F H Be LCA Microprocessor Clean CMOS jumper JP1 TPM initialization
181. document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes The documentation that comes with your operating system and software also contains troubleshooting information Diagnosing a problem Before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server Copyright IBM Corp 2012 1 Return the server to the condition it was in before the problem occurred lf any hardware software or firmware was changed before the problem occurred if possible reverse those changes This might include any of the following items e Hardware components e Device drivers and firmware e System software e UEFI firmware e System input power or network connections View the light path diagnostics LEDs and event logs The server is designed for ease of diagnosis of hardware and software problems e System board LEDs See System board LEDs on page 18 for information about using system board LEDs e Event logs See Event logs on page 24 for information about notification events and diagnosis e Software or operating system error codes See the documentation for the software or operating system for information about a specific error code See the manufacturer s website for documentation Run IBM Dynamic System Analysis DSA and collect syste
182. dware ServeRAID is connected to Port 1 on the backplane Likewise Port O on the hardware ServeRAID should be connected to Port 0 on the backplane 224 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power cable Signal cables 3 Install the four screws that secure the hot swap hard disk drive backplane to the drive cage 4 Press and hold the retaining tab on the side of the cage then rotate the drive cage into the chassis until it locks into place Note You may need to slightly lift up the cage in order to press and hold the retaining tab Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 225 10 Install the hard disk drive fan duct onto the hard disk drive cage see Installing the hard disk drive fan duct on page 215 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install the hot swap hard disk drives that you removed from the hard disk drive cage see Installing a hot swap hard disk drive on page 199 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the front panel assembly To remove the front panel assembly on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps F
183. e opening Reseat the DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive cable b DVD drive General problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A cover lock is broken an LED If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a is not working or a similar trained service technician problem has occurred The server is hung while the 1 See Three boot failure on page 144 for more information screen is on Cannot start the gt SeelR aaah i 149 inf ii Setup utility by pressing F4 See Recovering the server firmware on page 142 e server firmware on page or more information Hard disk drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which compo
184. e ServerProven website atjhttp www ibom com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 28 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Eor code Descrpton Aton 001800B Microprocessors with mismatched cache size 4 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the lat
185. e A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handbuchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren durfen auch nur von der IBM empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden IBM Ubernimmt keine Verantwortung fur die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der IBM ver ndert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der IBM gesteckt eingebaut werden EN 55022 Klasse A Ger te m ssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden Warnung Dieses ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funk Storungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene Ma nahmen zu ergreifen und daf r aufzukommen Deutschland Einhaltung des Gesetzes ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten EMVG Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Appendix B Notices 301 Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit von Geraten EMVG bzw der EMC EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EG fur Gerate der Klasse A Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in bereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformitatszeichen CE zu fuhren Verantwortlich fur die Einhaltung der EMV Vorschriften ist der Hersteller International Business Ma
186. e adapter or any cables that impede access to the adapter 6 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the open unlocked position 7 Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners and pull the adapter from the server Attention Expansion slot covers must be installed in all empty slots This maintains the electronic emissions standards of the computer and ensures proper ventilation of computer components Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 177 hase Rear adapter retention bracket 8 If you are not replacing the adapter install an expansion slot cover in the expansion slot opening 9 If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a ServeRAID adapter For information about the types of ServeRAID adapters that the server supports and other information that you might consider when you install an ServeRAID adapter see the nstallation and User s Guide For the locations of the expansion slots and connectors see System board internal connectors on page 17 Note If you are installing Intel Ethernet Quad Port Server Adapter 1340 T4 part number 49Y4240 you can only install the adaptor in slot 1 slot 2 or slot 3 To install a replacement ServeRAID adapter on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies
187. e changes or exit without saving them Passwords From the User Security menu choice you can set change and delete a power on password and an administrator password The User Security choice is on the full Setup utility menu only If you set only a power on password you must type the power on password to complete the system startup and to have access to the full Setup utility menu An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup utility menu If you set only an administrator password you do not have to type a password to complete the system startup but you must type the administrator password to access the Setup utility menu lf you set a power on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator you must type the power on password to complete the system startup A system administrator who types the administrator password has access to the full Setup utility menu the system administrator can give the user authority to set change and delete the power on password A user who types the power on password has access to only the limited Setup utility menu the user can set change and delete the power on password if the system administrator has given the user that authority Power on password f a power on password is set when you turn on the server the system startup will not be completed until you type the power on password You can use any combi
188. e field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 215 802 xxx Optical Drive Verify Media Aborted A read error was 1 Close the media tray and wait 15 Installed encountered seconds Read Write Run the test again Test Insert a new CD DVD into the drive Self Test and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized Messages and 4 Run the test again actions apply to l l all three tests Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again 7 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA 8 Run the test again 9 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www ibom com support docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information atjhttp www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docd
189. e hub and connect it directly to the server Chapter 3 Diagnostics 93 Diagnostic programs and messages The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages are displayed on the screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message indicates that a problem has been detected and provides the action you should take as a result of the text message Make sure that the server has the latest version of the diagnostic programs To download the latest version go to http www ibm com supportportal Utilities are available to reset and update the diagnostics code on the integrated USB flash device if the diagnostic partition becomes damaged and does not start the diagnostic programs The DSA diagnostic programs collect information about the following aspects of the system e System configuration e Network interfaces and settings e Hardware inventory including PCI and USB information e Drive health information e SAS SATA RAID and controller configuration e Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors The DSA diagnostic programs can also provide diagnostics for the following system components if they are installed in the system e Intel Dual Gigabit Ethernet e Optical drives e Hard disk drives e SAS SATA RAID controller e Integrated management module II IMM2 e Trusted Platform Module chip e Memory e Micro
190. e included with the downloaded files When you replace a device in the server you might have to either update the server with the latest version of the firmware that is stored in memory on the device or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image A flash utility enables you to update hardware and server firmware and eliminates the need to manually install new firmware or firmware updates from a physical diskette or other medium To find a flash utility complete the following steps 1 Go to http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid SERV XPRESS 2 Download IMM uEFI pDSA code from Jhttp www ibm com support fixcentral 3 Follow IMM uEFI pDSA readme file for firmware update The following items are downloadable from the web at http www ibm com systems support jor http www ibm com support fixcentral Server firmware is stored in ROM on the system board e IMM2 firmware is stored in ROM on the system board e Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet controller e ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the ServeRAID adapter e SAS SATA firmware is stored in ROM on the SAS SATA controller on the system board Major components contain VPD code You can select to update the MT Serial Number in VPD code with Advanced Settings Utility after firmware update procedure is completed Copyright IBM Corp 2012 267 Configuring the server The ServerGuide program provides soft
191. e is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Replace the adapters Replace the riser cards Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0513 2582xxxx A PCI SERR has A PCI SERR has 41 Check the PCI LED occurred on system occurred 1 Sensor PCls 1 CIM_ComputerSystem 3 Update the server firmware UEFI ElementName and IMM2 and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Make sure that the adapter is supported For a list of supported optional devices see http www iobm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat Replace the adapters Replace the riser cards 806f0813 2582xxxx mania oe A bus A _ Check the system event log rror has occurred on uncorrectable error system has occurred nec Ne POLLED Sensor PCls Sensor Critical 3 Remove the adapter from the Int PCI indicated PCI slot Che
192. e problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000070 SNMP Traps enabled Info A user enabled the No action information only 00000000 by user arg1 SNMP Traps EnabledAlerts arg2 configuration AllowedFilters arg3 4000007 1 The power cap value Info Power Cap values No action information only 00000000 changed from arg1 changed by user watts to arg2 watts by user arg3 40000072 The minimum power Info Minimum Power No action information only 00000000 cap value changed from Cap value arg1 watts to arg2 changed watts 40000073 The maximum power Info Maximum Power No action information only 00000000 cap value changed from Cap value arg1 watts to arg2 changed watts No action information only watts to arg2 watts 40000075 The measured power Warning Power exceeded 00000000 value exceeded the cap power cap value 40000074 The soft minimum Info Soft Minimum 00000000 power cap value Power Cap value changed from arg1 changed No action information only 40000076 The new minimum Warning Minimum Power No action information only 00000000 power cap value Cap exceeds exceeded the power Power Cap cap value 40000077 Power capping was Info Power capping No action information only 00000000 activated by user arg1 activated by user 40000078 Power capping was Info P
193. e rear of the adapter if any 10 Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners then pull the adapter to remove it from the server Attention Expansion slot covers must be installed in all empty slots This maintains the electronic emissions standards of the computer and ensures proper ventilation of computer components 176 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Adapter 11 If you are not replacing the adapter install an expansion slot cover in the expansion slot opening 12 If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove an ServeRAID adapter on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Disconnect any cables from th
194. e sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 2 3 4 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock the side cover then press the cover release latch down as shown in the illustration to remove the cover D Cover release latch So Key lock Ve If you are instructed to return the side cover follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the side cover Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the side cover before turning on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed might damage server components For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps in order to remove the side cover For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Make sure that all cables adapters and other components are installed and seated correctly and that you have not left loose tools or parts inside the server Also make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the
195. e the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board 88 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Optional device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician An IBM optional device that was 4 Make sure that just Installed does not work e The device is designed for the server see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility program Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration Reseat the device that you just installed Replace the device that you just installed An IBM optional device that used to work does not work now Make sure that all of the hardware and cable connections for the devi
196. e the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 5 Remove the upper bezel See Removing the upper bezel on page 174 6 Carefully insert the front USB cable through the opening in the front of the chassis 7 Squeeze the spring clips on the sides of the front USB connector assembly and insert the assembly into the housing through the back of the housing 234 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Front USB connector assembly Spring clips Front USB housing 8 Place the bottom edge of the housing into the bottom of the opening in the chassis then tilt the top of the housing into position until it clicks into place Front USB housing 9 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 10 Reroute and connect the front USB cable to the front USB connector on the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front USB connector Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 235 11 12 13 14 15
197. eat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features installed and the power management optional features in use The noise emission level stated is the declared upper limit sound power level in bels for a random sample of machines All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO 9296 Table 2 Features and specifications for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 1 Microprocessor e Supports one Intel quad core Xeon E3 1200 series or dual core Pentium G850 or Core i3 series processor Multi chip Package processor architecture Designed for LGA 1155 socket Scalable up to four cores 32 KB instruction L1 cache 32 KB data L1 cache 256 KB instruction data L2 cache and up to 8 MB L3 cache that is shared among the cores Support for Intel Extended Memory 64 Technology EM64T Note e Use the Setup utility to determine the type and speed of the microprocessor e Fora list of supported microprocessors see htto www iobm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Memory Connectors four dual inline memory module DIMM connectors two way interleaved Minimum 1 GB Maximum 32 GB Types PC3 12800 single rank or dual rank 1066 1333 and 1600 MHz ECC DDR3 unbuffered SDRAM DIMMs only Sizes 1GB single rank 2GB single rank 4GB dual
198. ected during POST and the IMM2 lights the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error LED e System event log SEL e ROM based IMM2 firmware flash updates e Auto Boot Failure Recovery ABR e Nonmaskable interrupt NMI detection and reporting e Automatic Server Restart ASR when POST is not complete or the operating system hangs and the operating system watchdog timer times out The IMM2 allows the administrator to generate a nonmaskable interrupt NMI by pressing an NMI button on the system board for an operating system memory dump ASR is supported by IPMI e Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI Specification V2 0 and Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMB support e Serial over LAN SOL e Power reset control power on hard and soft shutdown hard and soft reset e Alerts IPMI style PET traps IPMItool provides various tools that you can use to manage and configure an IPMI system You can use IPMItool in band to manage and configure the IMM2 For more information about IPMItool or to download IPMItool go to http sourceforge net Managing tools and utilities with IMM2 and IBM System x Server Firmware This section describes the tools and utilities that are supported by IMM2 and IBM System x Server Firmware The IBM tools that you use to manage the IMM2 in band do not require you to install device drivers However if you choose to use certain tools such as IPMItool in band you must in
199. ed service technician only System board The screen is blank Make sure that e The server is turned on If there is no power to the server see Power e The monitor cables are connected correctly e The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted correctly Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable Make sure that damaged server firmware is not affecting the video see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 See Solving undetermined problems on page 147 The monitor works when you Make sure that turn on the server but the screen goes blank when you start some application programs e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application Run video diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 e If the server passes the video diagnostics the video is good see undetermined problems on page 147 e Trained service technician only If the server fails the video diagnostics replace the system board e The application program is not setting a display mode that is higher than the capability of the monitor Chapter 3 Diagnostics 87 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which compon
200. egins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 If you are replacing a non hot swap component turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 5 Carefully pull the two bezel clips on the left side of the upper bezel then rotate the upper bezel to the right side of the server to disengage the two right side tabs from the chassis Bezel clips 6 If you are instructed to return the upper bezel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 174 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the upper bezel This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To install the upper bezel on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Insert the two tabs on the right side of the upper bezel into the corresponding holes on the right side of the chassis Bezel clips 2 Rotate the upper bezel to the left side of the chassis until the bezel clips are aligned with the corresponding indentations on the left side of the chassis and sn
201. eign material or is damaged replace the system board see Removing the system board on ion page 258 ion page 258 and Installing the system board on Installing the system board on system board on page 261 Trained service technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained Service technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and 0058007 Unsupported DIMM population Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server seq Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in the proper sequence see installing a memory module on page 203 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 33 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only
202. einstall the RNDIS or cdc_ ether device driver for the operating system Disable the watchdog Check the integrity of the installed operating system 1 user ID alert from the IMM 00000000 had 2 login failures exceeded the and password are being used from an SSH client at maximum number a n Have the system administrator IP address 3 of unsuccessful t the loan ID j 1 user ID 2 login attempts from R E E E 40000028 IMM Test Alert Info A user has No action information only 00000000 Generated by 1 generated a test MaximumSuccessive SSH and has been LoginFailures currently prevented from set to 5 in the logging in for the firmware 3 IP lockout period address XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000030 IPv6 disabled by user Info IPv6 protocol is No action information only 00000000 arg1 disabled by user 40000031 IPv6 static IP Info IPv6 static address No action information only 00000000 configuration enabled assignment by user arg1 method is enabled by user 40000032 IPv6 DHCP enabled by Info IPv6 DHCP No action information only 00000000 user arg1 assignment method is enabled by user 70 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step
203. ems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system You can download the ASU from the IBM website To download the ASU and update the DMI complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU 9209 5 g Go to http www ibm com supportportal Under Product support select System x Under Popular links select Tools and utilities In the left pane click System x and BladeCenter Tools Center Scroll down and click Tools reference Scroll down and click the plus sign for Configuration tools to expand the list then select Advanced Settings Utility ASU In the next window under Related Information click the Advanced Settings Utility link and download the ASU version for your operating system 2 ASU sets the DMI in the integrated management module II IMM2 Select one of the following methods to access the integrated management module II IMM2 to set the DMI Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access Remote access to the target system LAN based Bootable media containing ASU LAN or KCS depending upon the bootable media Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 289 Note IBM provides a method for building a bootable media You can create a bootable media using the Bootable Media C
204. ems or IBM software or devices go to http www ibm com supportportal 7 Check for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips Troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips document known problems and suggested solutions To search for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips go to http www ibm com supportportal 8 Use the troubleshooting tables See Troubleshooting tables on page 82 to find a solution to a problem that has identifiable symptoms A single problem might cause multiple symptoms Follow the troubleshooting procedure for the most obvious symptom If that procedure does not diagnose the problem use the procedure for another symptom if possible If the problem remains contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible hardware replacement To open an online service request go to the http www ibm com support entry portal Open_service_request call for service Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data Undocumented problems If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains the problem might not have been previously identified by IBM After you have verified that all code is at the latest level all hardware and software configurations are valid and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware component failure contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for as
205. ems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 99 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 802 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped the test from the power source You must cannot be disconnect the system from ac power completed for an to reset the IMM2 unknown reason After 45 seconds reconnect the
206. ents are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The monitor has screen jitter or 4 the screen image is wavy unreadable rolling or distorted Wrong characters appear on the 4 If the monitor self tests show the monitor is working correctly consider the location of the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices such as transformers appliances fluorescent lights and other monitors can cause screen jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in b Non IBM monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems Reseat the following components a Monitor cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained service technician only System board If the wrong language is displayed update the server firmware with the correct language see Updating the firmware on page 267 Reseat the monitor cable Replac
207. equest for information 405 906 xxx Intel Ethernet Test Loop back at Failed A failure was 1 Device Physical Layer detected during the loopback test at the physical layer 405 907 xxx Intel Ethernet Test LEDs Failed A failure was Device detected while verifying operation of the status LEDs Check the Ethernet cable for damage and make sure that the cable type and connection are correct Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an a
208. er supplies are designed for parallel operation In the event of a power supply failure the redundant power supply continues to power the system The server supports a maximum of two power supplies e The server can run fully configured with one power supply For redundancy support you must install the second hot swap power supply Note You cannot mix high efficiency and non high efficiency power supplies in the server Statement 5 A A Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 245 CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source A A 2 0 a2 1 E Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never Remove the server top cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Attention During normal operation each power supply bay must contain either a power supply or power supply filler for proper cooling To install a hot swap power supply on the 5U server model with hot swap power
209. er with the power on Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on Avoid wearing loose fitting clothing on your forearms Button long sleeved shirts before you work inside the server do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server Remove jewelry such as bracelets necklaces rings and loose fitting wrist watches Remove items from your shirt pocket such as pens and pencils that might fall into the server as you lean over it Avoid dropping any metallic objects such as paper clips hairpins and screws into the server Handling static sensitive devices Attention Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices To avoid damage keep static sensitive devices in their static protective packages until you are ready to install them To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge observe the following precautions Limit your movement Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you The use of a grounding system is recommended For example
210. erating system come with a current version of IPMItool For information about IPMItool see http www ibm com developerworks linux blueprints pr complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr v1r0 index jsp 2 In the navigation pane click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools Center 3 Expand Tools reference expand Configuration tools expand IPMI tools and click IPMItool For an overview of IPMI go to index jsp topic liaai ipmi liaaiipmi htm or complete the following steps 1 Go to 2 In the navigation pane click IBM Systems Information Center 3 Expand Operating systems expand Linux information expand Blueprints for Linux on IBM systems and click Using Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI on IBM Linux platforms The following table describes the methods that you can use to view the event logs depending on the condition of the server The first two conditions generally do not require that you restart the server Table 5 Methods for viewing event logs Condition The server is not hung and is connected to a Use any of the following methods e Run Portable DSA to view the event logs or create an output file that you can send to IBM service and support e Alternatively you can use IPMItool to view the system event lo
211. ere are no non recoverable from a non recoverable obstructions to the airflow front less severe state state from a less and rear of the server that the air severe state baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Check the ambient temperature You must be operating within the specifications see for more information Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor is installed microprocessor and heat sink on for more information Trained technician onl microprocessor see the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 and installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 45 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0813 0301xxxx An Uncorrectable Bus A bus Check the system event log Error has occurred on uncorrectable error Ba Trained technician only Remove the failing microprocessor from the system board see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution
212. ere you can grip the component to remove it from or install it in the server open or close a latch and so on When you are finished working on the server reinstall all safety shields guards labels and ground wires For a list of supported optional devices for the server see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us System reliability guidelines To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability make sure that the following requirements are met 164 Each of the drive bays has a drive or a filler panel and electromagnetic compatibility EMC shield installed in it There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to work properly Leave approximately 50 mm 2 in of open space around the front and rear of the server Do not place objects in front of the fans For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before turning on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the server cover removed might damage server components You have followed the cabling instructions that come with optional adapters You do not run the server without the air baffle installed Operating the server without the air baffle might cause the microprocessor or the DIMMs to overheat The microprocessor socket always contains a microprocessor and heat sink IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Working inside the serv
213. es continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 405 902 xxx Intel Ethernet Test EEPROM Failed A failure was 1 Make sure that the component Device detected while firmware is at the latest level The testing non volatile installed firmware level is shown in RAM the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www iom com systems support supportsite wss amp Indocid SERV CALL 405 903 x
214. es with the retention clips Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Important Perform the following updates Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e Update the UUID see Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on page a6 Update the DMI SMBIOS see Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 289 Clear the CMOS data see JP1 in System board switches and jumpers on page Ho Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 263 To install the system board on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the system board to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the system board from the package 3 Insert the system board into the chassis and slide it toward the rear of the server until the screw holes on the system board align with t
215. est level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 001800C Microprocessors with mismatched cache Make sure that the microprocessor is on the type ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 67 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 001800D Microprocessors with mismatched cache Make sure that the microprocessor is on the associativity ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page i267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 001800E Microprocessors with mismatched model Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website atjhttp www iom com servers ese
216. etermination and Service Guide 6 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 7 Touch the static protective package that contains the new DVD drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the DVD drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface 8 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 9 Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive cage of bay 1 or bay 2 Slide the drive retainer clip to the front to remove it from the drive cage then snap the drive retainer clip into the screw holes on the side of the drive gt So Zz IG 2 g Q Drive retainer buttons clip 10 Push the drive into the bay 11 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 12 Connect the power power connector P9 and signal cables to the drive Note Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules DIMMs 13 If you have another drive to install or remove do so now 14 Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 15 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 16 Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Note Remove the filler blocking the installed drive if any 17 Reconnect the external cab
217. ettings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 38 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Erorcode Descrpton Aton Firmware fault detected system halted 1 Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 142 System event log The system event log contains messages of three types Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system level events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error Error messages might
218. evel For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 Replace the failing DIMMs Re enable all memory in the Setup utility See Using the Setup utility on page 271 Run the test again Replace the failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 130 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information
219. evel The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 104 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 807 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped out of from the power source You must space disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power
220. f an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 201 809 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled 1 Turn off and restart the system program error l operation running 2 Run the test again fast scrub 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 201 810 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test stopped 1 Turn off and restart the system unknown error code xxx received Run the test again in COMMONEXIT 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at procedure the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to upportsite wss Make sure that the
221. g The server is not hung and is not connected Use IPMItool locally to view the system event to a network log Chapter 3 Diagnostics 25 Table 5 Methods for viewing event logs continued Condition The server is hung If DSA Preboot is installed restart the server and press F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs If DSA Preboot is not installed insert the DSA Preboot CD and restart the server to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs Alternatively you can restart the server and press F1 to start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or system event log For more information see event logs without restarting the server on Clearing the event logs To clear the event logs complete the following steps Note The POST event log is automatically cleared each time the server is restarted 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the error logs 3 Use one of the following procedures e To clear the IMM2 system event log select System Event Logs gt System Event Log Select Clear System Event Log then press Enter twice POST When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self
222. g the system board on page 261 Trained service technician only If the problem is related to microprocessor socket pins replace the system board see Removing the system board and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained Service technician onl eplace the affected microprocessor seq Removing the 00580A1 Invalid DIMM population for mirroring mode _ Ifa fault LED is lit resolve the failure 2 Install the DIMMs in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 203 00580A4 Memory population changed Information only Memory has been added moved or changed 00580A6 Spare failover detected Information only Memory redundancy or spare rank has been lost Check the event log for uncorrected DIMM failure events see Event logs on page 24 34 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hint
223. ge number Component _ Test Description 202 901 xxx Memory Memory Stress Failed Test failure 1 Run the standard memory test to Test validate all memory Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA Turn off the system and disconnect it from power 4 Reseat the DIMMs 5 Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 133 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Desc
224. ght not be available or some specifications might not apply See the PDSG on the System x Documentation CD for additional information about the server Table 1 Features and specifications for 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 2 Microprocessor e Supports one Intel quad core Xeon E3 1200 series or dual core Pentium G850 or Core i3 series processor Multi chip Package processor architecture Designed for LGA 1155 socket Scalable up to four cores 32 KB instruction L1 cache 32 KB data L1 cache 256 KB instruction data L2 cache and up to 8 MB L3 cache that is shared among the cores Support for Intel Extended Memory 64 Technology EM64T Note e Use the Setup utility to determine the type and speed of the microprocessor e Fora list of supported microprocessors see htto www iobm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Memory Connectors four dual inline memory module DIMM connectors two way interleaved Minimum 1 GB Maximum 32 GB Types PC3 12800 single rank or dual rank 1066 1333 and 1600 MHz ECC DDR3 unbuffered SDRAM DIMMs only Sizes 1GB single rank 2GB single rank 4GB dual rank 8GB dual rank RAID depending on model e ServeRAID BR10il v2 SAS SATA adapter that provides RAID levels O 1 and 10 e ServeRAID C100 software RAID that provides RAID levels O 1 and 1
225. go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 98 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 801 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 2C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped the IMM2 from the power source You must returned an disconnect the system from ac power incorrect response to reset the IMM2 length After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com syst
226. hardware type and then click Next click Network adapters Click Next to continue 9 When you are prompted Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard click Finish Note A new local area connection is displayed and might state This connection has limited or no connectivity Ignore this message 10 Go back to the Device Manager Verify that IBM USB Remote NDIS Network Device appears under Network Adapters 11 Open a command prompt type ipconfig and press Enter The local area connection for the IBM USB RNDIS is displayed with an IP address in the range of 169 254 xxx xxx with a subnet mask set to 255 255 0 0 Installing the LAN over USB Linux device driver Current versions of Linux such as RHEL 5 Update 6 and SLES 10 Service Pack 4 support the LAN over USB interface by default This interface is detected and displayed during the installation of these operating systems When you configure the device use a static IP address of 169 254 95 130 with a subnet mask of 255 255 0 0 Note Older Linux distributions might not detect the LAN over USB interface and might require manual configuration For information about configuring LAN over USB on specific Linux distributions see the IBM white paper Transitioning to UEFI and IMM on the IBM website The IMM2 LAN over USB interface requires that the usbnet and cdc_ether device drivers be loaded If the device drivers have not been installed use the modprobe command to install them When these
227. he IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com 114 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 81 7 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped a from the power source You must command response disconnect the system from ac power could not be to reset the IMM2 provided After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 f
228. he United States other countries or both UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Important notes 298 Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stands for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible Capacity can vary depending on operating environments Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from IBM Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module IBM makes no representation or warranties regarding non IBM products and services that are ServerProven including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non IBM produ
229. he bezel filler blocking the installed drive if any 2 Bezel filler gt 21 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server To install a tape drive on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 192 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 1771 Remove the upper bezel see Removing the upper bezel on page 174 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Set any jumpers or switches on the drive according to the documentation that comes with the drive Slide the drive retainer clip to the front to remove it from the drive cage of bay 2 then snap the drive retainer clip into the screw holes on the side of the drive
230. he hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter Note OPROM configuration utility is only available for emulex 10G card System Event Logs Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager where you can view the error messages in the system event logs You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log The system event logs contain all event and error messages that have been generated during POST by the systems management interface handler and by the system service processor Run the diagnostic programs to get more information about error codes that occur See Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 for instructions on running the diagnostic programs Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the IMM2 system event log Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the IMM2 system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server POST Event Viewer Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST error messages System Event Log Select this choice to view the IMM2 system event log Clear System Event Log Select this choice to clear the IMM2 system event log User Security Select this choice to set change or clear passwords See Passwords on page for more information This choice is on the full and limited Setup utility menu Set Power on
231. he link to the applicable flash utility A flash utility enables you to update hardware and server firmware and eliminates the need to manually install new firmware or firmware updates from a physical diskette or other medium To find a flash utility complete the following steps 1 Go to http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid SERV 2 Download IMM uEFI pDSA code from jhttp www ibm com support fixcentral 3 Follow IMM uEFI pDSA readme file for firmware update Resetting the IMM2 with the Setup utility To reset the IMM2 through the Setup utility complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 60 seconds after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt F1 Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu 3 3 From the Setup utility main menu select System Settings 4 On the next screen select Integrated Management Module 5 Select Reset IMM Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 217 LAN over USB File View Macros Tools Help le if Haayfl ely Integrated Management Module POST Watchdog Timer Select this option to OST Watchdog Time 5 reset your IMM Reboot System on NMI lt Enable gt Disallow commands on USB Interface Network Configuration Reset IMM to
232. he screw holes on the chassis System board 7 screws 4 Install the seven screws that secure the system board to the chassis 5 Install any of the following components that you removed from the system board e Adapters see Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 17 Installing the system battery on page 209 e Battery see e DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 203 e Microprocessor and heat sink see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 6 Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during removal see System board internal connectors on page 17 7 Secure the cables with the retention clips 8 264 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 Install the hard disk drive fan duct see Installing the hard disk drive fan duct on page 215 9 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the closed locked position 10 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 11 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 12 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Important Perform the following updates e Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e Update the UUID see Updating the U
233. he system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained Service technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on 0051006 DIMM mismatch detected Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server Make sure that the DIMMs have been installed in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 203 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 31 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Erorcode Description Aton 0051009 No memory detected Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Make sure one o
234. her all SAS hard disk drives or all SATA hard disk drives the two types cannot be combined Inspect the drive tray for signs of damage To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay You do not have to turn off the server to install hot swap drives in the hot swap drive bays See the Installation and User s Guide for additional information Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 199 To install a hot swap hard disk drive on the 5U server model that have hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 6 T Release latch Activity LED green Error LED yellow 2 5 inch hot swap Drive handle hard disk drive Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Make sure that the drive tray handle is in the open position Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay then carefully slide the drive assembly into the drive bay until the drive stops Rotate the drive tray handle to the closed position Check the hard disk drive status indicator to make sure that the hard disk drive is operating correctly You might have to restart the server for the drive to be recognized If
235. hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 81 4 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped requested from the power source You must sensor data or disconnect the system from ac power record Is not to reset the IMM2 present After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com 112 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step i
236. his step till all the remaining rubber grommets are removed c Lift the system fan up and out of the chassis 7 If you are instructed to return the fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 212 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the rear system fan This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Attention e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To install the rear system fan on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 The replacement fan comes with the rubber grommets installed however they might have come out during shipment If any of the rubber grommets are missing from the fan install them on the fan before you continue Use needle nosed pliers to pull the grommets through the holes in the fan 2 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 3 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct 5 Position the fan so that the grommets protrude through the holes in the chassis then use needle nosed pliers to pull the grommets through the holes from outside the chassis
237. ical Drive Verify Media Installed Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests 136 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Drive media is not Read miscompare 1 Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds Run the test again Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again For additional troubleshooting information go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Insert a CD DVD into the drive or try a new media and wait for 15 seconds Run the test again Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again For additional troubleshooting information go to http www iom com support docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto Awww ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid S
238. ides full duplex FDX capability which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controller detects the data transfer rate 10OBASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operates at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controller However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controller To find updated information about configuring the controllers Go to Under Product support click System x From the Product family menu select System x3100 M4 and click Continue Under Popular links click Downloads Under Downloads and fixes click View System x3100 M4 downloads Under menu click Network oS 2 PY 2 Enabling and configuring Serial over LAN SOL Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the BIOS settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection To enable and configure the server for SOL you must update and configure the UEFI code update and configure the integrated management module II IMM2 firmware update and configure the Ethernet controller firmware and enable the operating system for an SOL connect
239. ify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Update the firmware UEFI and IMM2 to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the DSA program Reseat the adapter Replace the adapter Trained technician only Replace microprocessor Trained technician only Replace the system board Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0107 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Status has been detected an over temperature condition 806f0207 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Status has Failed with BIST condition An over temperature condition has occurred A processor failed BIST condition has occurred Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is Supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Update the firmware UEFI and IMM2 to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267
240. imple swap hard disk drive Note If you installed a ServeRAID adapter in the server connect the other end of the SATA signal cable to the connector on the ServeRAID adapter To install a simple swap SATA hard disk drive complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all external cables and power cords Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a Static protective surface Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay the connector end of the drive goes in first Pull the round blue loops of the drive assembly toward each other then carefully slide the drive assembly into the drive bay until it stops and release the loops Note Do not release the loops on the drive assembly until it is completely seated lf you have another drive to install or remove do so now Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 197 Table 12 3TB HDD OS support list OS Support limitation Support status
241. in Adobe Portable Document Format PDF and should be compliant with accessibility standards If you experience difficulties when you use the PDF files and want to request a web based format or accessible PDF document for a publication direct your mail to the following address Information Development IBM Corporation 205 A015 3039 E Cornwallis Road P O Box 12195 Research Triangle Park North Carolina 27709 2195 Appendix B Notices 299 U S A In the request be sure to include the publication part number and title When you send information to IBM you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Telecommunication regulatory statement This product is not intended to be connected directly or indirectly by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks nor is it intended to be used in a public services network Electronic emission notices When you attach a monitor to the equipment you must use the designated monitor cable and any interference suppression devices that are supplied with the monitor Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated
242. inated code updates If the server device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4000002a arg1 Firmware This message is No action information only 00000000 mismatch internal to for the use case system arg2 Please where a specific attempt to flash the type of firmware arg3 firmware mismatch has been detected 4000002b Domain name set to Info Domain name set No action information only 00000000 arg1 by user 4000002c Domain Source Info Domain source No action information only 00000000 changed to arg1 by changed by user user arg2 4000002d DDNS setting changed Info DDNS setting No action information only 00000000 to arg1 by user arg2 changed by user 4000002e DDNS registration Info DDNS registration No action information only 00000000 successful The domain and values name is arg1 4000002f 00000000 IPv6 enabled by user Info IPv6 protocol is No action information only arg1 enabled by user 40000020 IMM reset was caused Info The IMM has been No action information only 00000000 by restoring default reset because a values user has restored the configuration to its default settings 40000021 IMM clock has been set Info The IMM clock has No action information only 00000000 from NTP server 1 been set to the 1 date and time that IBM_NTPService is provided
243. indicated by a lit status LED 806f070d 0400xxxx The Drive n Status Info The Drive n has No action information only 806f070d 0401xxxx rebuilt has been in rebuilt in progress 806f070d 0402xxxx progress n hard disk n hard disk 806f070d 0403xxxx drive number drive number 806f060d 0400xxxx Array 1 has failed Error An array is ina Make sure that the RAID adapter 806f060d 0401xxxx 1 failed state firmware and hard disk drive 806f060d 0402xxxx CIM _ComputerSystem Sensor Drive n firmware is at the latest level 806f060d 0403xxxx ElementName Status n hard Bo OOTO ae disk drive number Make sure that the SAS cable is 806f070d 0404xxxx 806f070d 0405xxxx 806f070d 0406xxxx 806f070d 0407xxxx PCI messages 806f0021 3001xxxx PCI fault has been Error A PCI fault has detected for PCI n been detected n PCI slot number Check the PCI LED Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM2 and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the riser cards Trained technicians only Replace the system board see the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 Chap
244. ing 198 199 simple swap removing simple swap removing 194 specifications 7 DSA 1 DSA diagnostic programs overview 94 DSA log 24 dual inline memory module DIMM connectors 203 installing 203 retaining clips 207 DVD drive activity LED 13 eject button 13 installing 185 problems 82 removing 184 Dynamic System Analysis 1 294 E eject button DVD 13 electrical input 7 8 9 electronic emission Class A notice 300 enabling Intel Gigabit Ethernet Utility 281 enclosure manager heartbeat LED 19 environment 7 9 error codes and messages diagnostic 95 IMM2 39 messages diagnostic 94 POST 26 error symptoms CD ROM drive 82 DVD ROM drive 82 general 83 hard disk drive 83 intermittent 84 keyboard 85 memory 86 microprocessor 86 monitor 87 mouse 85 optional devices 89 pointing device 85 power 90 serial port 91 ServerGuide 91 software 92 USB port 93 video 87 errors format diagnostic code 95 Ethernet activity LED 15 connector 15 link status LED 15 utility enabling 281 Ethernet controller configuration 268 Ethernet controller troubleshooting 146 event logs 1 24 clearing 26 expansion slots 8 10 F fan front installing 215 removing 214 rear installing 213 removing 211 FCC Class A notice 300 features ServerGuide 269 features and specifications 7 features server 7 field replaceable units FRUs 151 firmware server starting the backup 275 firmware server recovering 142 Flash utilitie
245. inued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 201 806 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the 4 memory controller fast scrub operation 2 was not completed 3 4 201 807 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the memory controller buffer free request failed 201 808 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled memory controller display alter buffer execute error 128 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure
246. ion UEFI update and configuration To update and configure the UEFI code to enable SOL complete the following steps 1 Update the UEFI code Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 281 a Download the latest version of the UEFI code fromjhttp www ibm com systems support b Update the UEFI code following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 2 Update the IMM2 firmware a Download the latest version of the IMM2 firmware from http www ibm com systems support or http www ibm com support fixcentral b Update the IMM2 firmware following the instructions that come with the update file that you downloaded 3 Configure the UEFI settings a When you are prompted to start the Configuration Setup Utility program restart the server and press F1 b Select System Settings gt Devices and I O Ports Select Console Redirection Settings then make sure that the values are set as follows e COM Port 1 Enable e COM Port 2 Enable e Remote Console Disable e Serial Port Sharing Disable e Serial Port Access Mode Disable e Legacy Option ROM Display COM Port 1 e Baud Rate 115200 e Data Bits 8 e Parity Select any of the following three options None Odd Even e Stop Bits 1 Attention In Linux operating system if the number 2 is selected for the Stop Bits setting the Parity setting must be set to None e Thermal Emulation ANSI e Active After Boo
247. ion and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 121 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 824 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped cannot from the power source You must execute the disconnect the system from ac power command to reset the IM
248. ions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Eor code Description Aton 0058001 PFA threshold exceeded Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor seefinstaling a memory module on page 203 for memory population If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM see module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 Trained service technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any for
249. irmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 115 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 818 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped cannot from the power source You must execute a disconnect the system from ac power duplicated request to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the
250. is installed for the DVD drive Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the DVD drive cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive cable b DVD drive c Trained service technician only System board A CD or DVD is not working _ Clean the CD or DVD correctly Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the DVD drive cable Reseat the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a DVD drive cable b DVD drive c Trained service technician only System board Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Replace the DVD drive cable b Replace the DVD drive 82 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The DVD drive tray is not 1 Make sure that the server is turned on working l Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray releas
251. isk drives Table 11 IDs of simple swap drives e The simple swap SATA hard disk drives connect to the SATA 0 through SATA 3 connectors on the system board as follows System board end cable connector 0 connects to the SATA 0 connector on the system board System board end cable connector 1 connects to the SATA 1 connector on the system board System board end cable connector 2 connects to the SATA 2 connector on the system board System board end cable connector 3 connects to the SATA 3 connector on the system board Hard disk drive 0 connects to the SATA 0 connector on the system board Hard disk drive 1 connects to the SATA 2 connector on the system board Hard disk drive 2 connects to the SATA 7 connector on the system board Hard disk drive 3 connects to the SATA 3 connector on the system board Note Under RAID mode 1 In uEFI setup menu e Drive O indicates hard disk drive O e Drive 1 indicates hard disk drive 2 e Drive 2 indicates hard disk drive 1 e Drive 3 indicates hard disk drive 3 2 In MegaRAID Storage Manager utility e Slot O indicates hard disk drive 0O e Slot 1 indicates hard disk drive 2 e Slot 2 indicates hard disk drive 1 e Slot 3 indicates hard disk drive 3 196 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Attention Simple swap hard disk drives are not hot swappable Disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install a s
252. isplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 215 803 xxx Optical Drive Verify Media Failed The disc might be Wait for the system activity to stop Installed a Run the test again system g Sa Write _ Turn off and restart the system es Run the test again Self Test Replace the CD DVD drive Messages and If the failure remains go to the IBM actions apply to website for more troubleshooting all three tests information at http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 135 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 215 901 xxx Optical Drive Verify Media Installed Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests 215 902 xxx Opt
253. it this is equivalent to disconnecting the device Power Select this choice to view or change power capping to control consumption processors and performance states Legacy Support Select this choice to view or set legacy support Force Legacy Video on Boot Select this choice to force INT video support if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards Rehook INT 19h Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process The default is Disable Legacy Thunk Support Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are non UEFI compliant integrated management module Il Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module Il POST Watchdog Timer Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer POST Watchdog Timer Value Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value Reboot System on NMI Enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt NMI occurs Enable is the default Commands on USB Interface Preference Select this choice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM2 Network Configuration Select this choice to view the system management network interface port the IMM2 MAC address the current IMM2 IP address and host name define the static IMM2 IP address subnet mask an
254. ive controllers and network adapters Then the program checks the CD for newer device drivers This information is stored and then passed to the operating system installation program 3 The ServerGuide program presents operating system partition options that are based on your operating system selection and the installed hard disk drives 4 The ServerGuide program prompts you to insert your operating system CD and restart the server At this point the installation program for the operating system takes control to complete the installation Installing your operating system without using ServerGuide If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the ServerGuide program to install your operating system complete the following steps to download the latest operating system installation instructions from the IBM website Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Goto Under Product support click System x From the menu on the left side of the page click System x support search From the Task menu select Install From the Product family menu select System x3100 M4 g o w hf 2 0 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 6 From the Operating system menu select your operating system and then click Search to display the available installation documents Using the Setup utility
255. ive passes the Run the diagnostic SCSI Attached Disk Test see Running the diagnostic diagnostic Fixed Disk Test or n page 94 SCSI Attached Disk Test but Note This test is supported on server models with RAID arrays that use the the problem remains ServeRAID BR10il v2 ServeRAID MR10i or ServeRAID MR10is adapters or servers with SATA hard disk drives that use the onboard SATA SAS controller to create RAID arrays Use the Fixed Disk Test for SATA hard disk drives or servers that have RAID arrays Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A problem occurs only 1 Make sure that occasionally and is difficult to e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and diagnose attached devices e When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fan is not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down 2 Check the system error log or IMM2 system event log see Event logs on page 24 84 IBM System x3100 M4
256. l login attempts from the command line interface and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide No action information only Complete the following steps until the problem is solved 1 Make sure that the Chassis Management Module network cable is connected Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM No action information only No action information only Complete the following steps until the problem is solved 1 Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Complete the following steps until the problem is solved 1 Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used 2 Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000012 00000000 40000013 00000000 4000001 4 00000000 40000015 00000000 40000016 00000000 Remote access attempt failed Invalid userid or password received Userid is 1 from WEB browser at IP address 2 1 user ID
257. le and then the signal cables from the drive that is to be removed Stand the server back up in its vertical position Press and hold the blue release button on the side of the bay to release the drive then pull the drive out of the front of the server Lar oe Z Drive retainer buttons clip Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive Save the clip to use when you install the replacement drive 184 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove a DVD drive in the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 Remove the upper bezel see Removing the upper bezel on page 174 Disconnect the power and signal cables from the drive that is to be removed Press and hold the blue colored
258. lease see Table 8 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number ee Miscellaneous hardware 39Y 9837 a 158 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Product recovery CDs Power cords The following table describes the product recovery CD CRUs Table 10 Product recovery CDs Type 2583 Description CRU part number Microsoft Windows Storage Server 2008 R2 Standard 95Y3213 Multilingual Microsoft Windows Storage Server 2008 R2 Enterprise 95Y3214 Multilingual For your safety IBM provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this IBM product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet IBM power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 vol
259. led e Four 3 5 inch hard disk drive bays Expansion slots e One PCI Express x16 slot e One PCI Express x8 slot e One PCI Express x4 slot e One PCI Express x1 slot Integrated functions e Integrated management module II IMM2 which consolidates multiple management functions in a single chip Intel 82574L Gb Ethernet controller with TCP IP Offload Engine TOE and Wake on LAN support Integrated SATA controller Seven Universal Serial Bus USB 2 0 ports two front four rear of the chassis and one internal for an optional tape drive Six SATA ports four for simple swap hard disk drives and two for the DVD drive and the optional tape drive One serial port Two Ethernet port One VGA port Acoustical noise emissions e Sound power idling 4 5 bels e Sound power operating 4 8 bels i 8 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Heat output Approximate heat output Minimum configuration 119 Btu per hour 35 watts Maximum configuration 1194 Btu per hour 350 watts Electrical input Sine wave input 50 or 60 Hz required Input voltage and frequency ranges automatically selected Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kilovolt amperes kVA approximately Minimum 0 035 kVA all models Maximum 0 350 kVA Notes Power consumption and h
260. lem and ensure that you receive the level of service for which you might have contracted Hardware and Software Maintenance agreement contract numbers if applicable Machine type number IBM 4 digit machine identifier Model number Serial number Current system UEFI and firmware levels Other pertinent information such as error messages and logs e Go to http www iom com support entry portal Open_service_request to submit an Electronic Service Request Submitting an Electronic Service Request will start the process of determining a solution to your problem by making the pertinent information available to IBM Support quickly and efficiently IBM service technicians can start working on your solution as soon as you have completed and submitted an Electronic Service Request You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures that IBM provides in the online help or in the documentation that is provided with your IBM product The documentation that comes with IBM systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform Most systems operating systems and programs come with documentation that Copyright IBM Corp 2012 293 contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes If you suspect a software problem see the documentation for the operating system or program Using the documentation Information about your IBM sy
261. les and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server To install a DVD drive on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Touch the static protective package that contains the new DVD drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the DVD drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 187 2 Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set jumpers or switches if there are any Note You might find it easier to install the new drive from the front and then attach the cables 3 Attach the drive retainer clip that you removed from the previous drive to the side of the new drive 4 Push the drive into the bay Drive retainer clip 5 Connect the power and signal cables to the drive Note Route the signal cable so that it does not block the airflow to the rear of the drives or over the microprocessor and dual inline memory modules DIMMs Install the upper bezel see Installing the upper bezel on page 175 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then
262. ling the system board on page 261 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the and page 261 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see Removing the microorocessor and heat sink on page 250 Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f050c 2581xxxx Memory Logging Limit The memory Check the IBM support website for Reached for One of the logging limit has an applicable retain tip or firmware DIMMs or All DIMMs been reached update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 203 for memory population If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the
263. lippines Taiwan United States of America Venezuela 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Brazil Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Costa Rica Colombia Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Japan Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Taiwan United States of America Venezuela 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 161 162 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components Replaceable components are of three types e Tier 1 customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation Tier 2 customer replaceable unit You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3
264. lues asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt e Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method Example asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details You can access the ASU Users Guide from the IBM website Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document Under Product support select System x Under Popular links select Tools and utilities In the left pane click System x and BladeCenter Tools Center Scroll down and click Tools reference Scroll down and click the plus sign for Configuration tools to expand the list then select Advanced Settings Utility ASU g In the next window under Related Information click the Advanced Settings Utility link e Remote LAN access type the command 929 5 Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM2 using the LAN from a client the host and the MM2_external_ip address are required parameters host lt IMM2 external_ip gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_pa
265. lumn until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Erorcode Descrpton Aton 0051003 Uncorrectable DIMM error Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error If the problem remains replace the failing DIMM see Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 Trained service technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see and page 261 Trained service technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing t
266. ly that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010c 2001 xxxx 806f01 0c 2002xxxx 806f01 0c 2003xxxx 806f010c 2004xxxx Memory uncorrectable error detected for Memory DIMM n Status n DIMM number A memory uncorrectable error has occurred Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor seg Installing a memory module on page 203 for memory population If the problem follows the DIMM replace the failing DIMM memory module on page 203 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see Removing the and page 261 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see Removing the microorocessor and heat sink on page 250 Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 47 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued
267. ly information only information only information only information only information only information only information only information only information only information only information only Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000004b 00000000 4000004c 00000000 4000004d 00000000 4000004e 00000000 4000004f O00000000 40000050 00000000 40000051 00000000 SNMPvi arg1 set by user arg2 Name arg3 Access Type arg4 Address arg5 LDAP Server configuration set by user arg1 SelectionMethod arg2 DomainName arg3 Server1 arg4 Server2 arg5 Server3 arg6 Server4 arg7 LDAP set by user arg1 RootDN arg2 UlDSearchAttribute arg3 BindingMethod arg4 EnhancedRBS arg5 TargetName arg6 GroupFilter arg7 GroupAttribute arg8 LoginAttribute arg9 Serial Redirection set by user arg1 Mode arg2 BaudRate arg3 StopBits arg4 Parity arg5 SessionTerminate Sequence arg6 Date and Time set by user arg1 Date arg2 Time arg3 DST Auto adjust arg4 Timezone arg5 Server General Settings set by user arg1 Name arg2 Contact arg3 Loca
268. m data Run Dynamic System Analysis DSA to collect information about the hardware firmware software and operating system Have this information available when you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider For instructions for running DSA see the Dynamic System Analysis Installation and User s Guide To download the latest version of DSA code and the Dynamic System Analysis Installation and User s Guide go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp lndocid SERV DSA Check for and apply code updates Fixes or workarounds for many problems might be available in updated UEFI firmware device firmware or device drivers To display a list of available updates for the server go to http www ibm com support fixcentral Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code a Install UpdateXpress system updates You can install code updates that are packaged as an UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress CD image An UpdateXpress System Pack contains an integration tested bundle of online firmware and device driver updates for your server In addition you can use IBM ToolsCenter Bootable Media Creator to create bootable media that is suitable for applying firmware updates and running preboot diagnostics For
269. m is causing failures continuous or intermittent see Software problems on page 92 Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged server firmware can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the clear CMOS jumber to clear the CMOS memory see If ou suspect that the server firmware is damaged see Check the LEDs on all the power supplies If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are working correctly complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time e Any external devices e Surge suppressor device on the server e Modem printer mouse and non IBM devices e Each adapter e Hard disk drives e Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is one 1 GB DIMM on the system board The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor e One 1 GB DIMM on the system board e One power supply e Power cord e ServeRAID SAS SATA adapter e System board 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the following components in the following order a Memory module b Microprocessor c System board If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you repl
270. mationen innan du installerar den h r produkten Bu r n kurmadan Once g venlik bilgilerini okuyun Copyright IBM Corp 2012 vii OS May is JI ENARA YANIN ayn JIJA q FRAJI R AGA o me pu Sia 3595 cht py go G8 Ajaan 9 2 Aiii 95 UY puman y GS jo Youq mwngz yungh canjbinj neix gaxgongq itdingh aeu doeg aen canjbinj soengg cungj vahgangj ancien siusik Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in an IBM product that you are working on Each IBM product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non IBM alterations or attachment of non IBM features or options that are not addressed in this section If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present e Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock e Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRIT face or a bulging or leaking
271. mby O O f Memon 16B 1m8 UDIMM 1888 Mz Dons amsa OOO Memon 2GB 1m8 UDIMM 1888 Mz Dors amsa a Memoy 468 eRe Vomm ssm DDRs wares a memory 268 16x6 UDIMM 1600 mHz DDRS oosa J a memory 468 2Px6 UDIMM 1600 mHz DDRS ooms O 4 memory 868 2F 8 UDIMM 1600 mHz DDRS oome O OE a S e am O T fovs 7 Microprocessor Gore 62100 316z 20 3MB cae evere 7 Microprocessor Xeon E1270 34GH2 40 8MB cache evere 7 Microprocessor Xeon E1280 35GH2 40 8MB cache vesse 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3220 3 1GHz 40 8MB cache aves 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3280 32GH2 40 8MB cache aver 7 Microprocessor Xeon E31260L 24GHz 4C 6MB cache veme 7 Microprocessor Xeon E312201 22Hz 20 3MB cache aven 7 Microprocessor Pentium GB50 2 9GHz 20 3MB cache avea 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3 1220v2 3 1GHz 4C 8MB cache ooDess2 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3 1270v2 3 5GHz 40 8MB cache ooDesss 7 Microprocessor Keon ES 1280v2 3 6GHz 40 8MB cache ooDessa 152 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 8 Parts listing for 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Type 2582 For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see Table 9 continued CRU part CRU part number number Description Tier 1 Tier 2 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3 1240v2 3 4GHz 4C 8MB cache 7 Microprocessor Xeon E3 1230v2 3
272. mer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 821 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped a from the power source You must command response disconnect the system from ac power coula not be to reset the IMM2 provided IMM2 initialization is in After 45 seconds reconnect the progress system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 119 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages con
273. move any existing DIMM Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently AL 4 7 Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the new DIMM from the package 8 Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector 9 Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly installed Open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it 10 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 11 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 12 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Retaining clip Removing the system battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace the battery Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 207 208 IBM has designed this product with your safety in mind The lithium battery must be handled
274. mportant Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician onl microprocessor see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink lon page 250 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Trained technician only Replace microprocessor 806f0607 0301xxxx An SM BIOS The system Update the server firmware to the Uncorrectable CPU management latest level see Updating the complex error for handler has firmware on page 267 Processor has detected an Trained technician only Replace asserted internal the microprocessor see microprocessor 7 erroi Removing the microprocessor and l heat sink on page 250 Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 806f0807 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Info A processor has No action information only has been disabled been disabled 1 806f0a07 0301xxxx The Processor CPU is Warning Throttling has operating in a Degraded State Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed occurred for microprocessor Check the ambient temperature Yo
275. ms except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers that share external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests e lf the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see Event logs on If the server is halted and no error message is displayed see System board switches and jumpers on page 19 and Solving undetermined problems on page 147 e For information about power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 145 e For intermittent problems check the error log see Event logs on page 24 and Diagnostic messages on page 95 80 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedu
276. n before you turn off the server See your operating system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 2 C m m 1 E a am The server can be turned off in any of the following ways e You can turn off the server from the operating system if your operating system supports this feature After an orderly shutdown of the operating system the server will be turned off automatically e You can press the power control button to start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off the server if your operating system supports this feature e Ifthe operating system stops functioning you can press and hold the power control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server e The server can be turned off by Wake on LAN feature e The integrated management module II IMM2 can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system failure 16 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Internal LEDs connectors and jumpers The illustrations in this section show the connectors light emitting diodes LEDs
277. nation of between six and 20 printable ASCII characters for the password IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide If you forget the power on password you can regain access to the server in the following way e If an administrator password is set type the administrator password at the password prompt Start the Setup utility and reset the power on password Administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup utility menu You can use any combination of between six and 20 printable ASCII characters for the password Attention If you set an administrator password and then forget it there is no way to change override or remove it You must replace the system board Using the Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is a built in menu driven configuration utility program that you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changing settings in the Setup utility To use the Boot Manager program complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Restart the server 3 When the prompt lt F12 gt Select Boot Device is displayed press F12 If a bootable USB mass storage device is installed a submenu item USB Key Disk is displayed 4 Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the Boot Selection Menu and press Enter Note OPROM configuration utility is only available f
278. nd to download the ASU program go to http www iom com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid TOOL ASU Updating IBM Systems Director If you plan to use IBM Systems Director to manage the server you must check for the latest applicable IBM Systems Director updates and interim fixes Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document To locate and install a newer version of IBM Systems Director complete the following steps 1 Check for the latest version of IBM Systems Director a Go tojhttp www ibm com systems software director downloads index html b If a newer version of IBM Systems Director than what comes with the server is shown in the drop down list follow the instructions on the web page to download the latest version 2 Install the IBM Systems Director program lf your management server is connected to the Internet to locate and install updates and interim fixes complete the following steps 1 Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks 2 On the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface click View updates 3 Click Check for updates The available updates are displayed in a table 4 Select the updates that you want to install and click Install to start the installation wizard lf your management server is not connected to the Internet to locate and install updates an
279. nents are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Not all drives are recognized by Remove the drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests then run the hard disk the hard disk drive diagnostic drive diagnostic test again If the remaining drives are recognized replace the drive test the Fixed Disk Test that you removed with a new one The server stops responding Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped during the hard disk drive responding and run the diagnostic test again If the hard disk drive diagnostic test diagnostic test runs successfully replace the drive that you removed with a new one Chapter 3 Diagnostics 83 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician A hard disk drive was not Reseat all hard disk drives and cables then run the hard disk drive diagnostic detected while the operating tests again system was being started A hard disk dr
280. ng a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 e DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 203 e Battery see Removing the system battery on page 207 Remove the seven screws that secure the system board to the chassis Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 259 System board 7 screws 12 Carefully lift the system board out of the server 13 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to yOu Attention Make sure to place the socket covers for the microprocessor sockets on the system board before returning the system board To remove the system board on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the open unlocked position 6 Remo
281. ng the and page 261 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see heat sink on page 254 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f030c 2001xxxx Memory DIMM n Status Error A memory scrub Note Each time you install or remove 806f030c 2002xxxx Scrub failure detected failure has been a DIMM you must disconnect the 806f030c 2003xxxx n DIMM number detected server from the power source then 806f030c 2004xxxx wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Make sure that the DIMMs are firmly seated and no foreign material is found in the DIMM connector Then retry with the same DIMM If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM indicated by the error LEDs seq Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see memory module on page 203 for memory population
282. ng the simple swap backplate on page 217 9 Press and hold the drive cage release latches N Cage release latches 10 Carefully pull the hard disk drive cage and the cables out of the opening in the chassis 11 If you are instructed to return the drive cage follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the hard disk drive cage This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies To install the hard disk drive cage on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 6 Remove the air duct 7 Press hard disk drive cage in until the release latches click into place 238 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 9 10 11 12
283. nician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 804 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped invalid from the power source You must command disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 102 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See
284. niversal Unique Identifier UUID on page 6 3 e Update the DMI SMBIOS see Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 289 e Clear the CMOS data see JP1 in System board switches and jumpers on page Koj Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 265 266 _ IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions This chapter provides information about updating the firmware and using the configuration utilities Updating the firmware Attention 1 Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Before you update the firmware be sure to back up any data that is stored in the Trusted Platform Module TPM in case any of the TPM characteristics are changed by the new firmware For instructions see your encryption software documentation The firmware for the server is periodically updated and is available for download on the IBM website To check for the latest level of firmware such as the server firmware vital product data VPD code device drivers and IMM2 firmware go to http www iobm com systems support or http www ibm com support fixcentral Download the latest firmware for the server then install the firmware using the instructions that ar
285. nly once To install the Windows INF file complete the following steps 1 Obtain the IMM2 update package 2 Extract the ibm_rndis_server_os inf and device cat files from the firmware update package and copy them to the WINDOWS inf subdirectory Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 279 280 3 For Windows 2003 Install the ibm_rndis_server_os inf file by right clicking on the file and selecting Install This generates a PNF file of the same name in WINDOWS inf For Windows 2008 Go to Computer Management then Device Manager and locate the RNDIS Device Select Properties Driver Reinstall driver Point the server to the Windows inf directory where it can locate the ibm_rndis_server_os inf file and install the device 4 Go to Computer Management then Device Manager right click Network adapters and select Scan for hardware changes A message confirms that the Ethernet device is found and installed The New Hardware Wizard starts automatically 5 When you are prompted Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software click No not this time Click Next to continue 6 When you are prompted What do you want the wizard to do click Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue 7 When you are prompted Please choose your search and installation options click Don t search I will choose the driver to install Click Next to continue 8 When you are prompted Select a
286. nnect it stopped cannot from the power source You must return the number disconnect the system from ac power of requested data to reset the IMM2 bytes After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com Chapter 3 Diagnostics 111 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information
287. nt log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 5 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 126 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 201 803 xxx Memory Test Aborted 201 804 xxx Memory Test Aborted 201 805 xxx Memory Test Aborted Test canceled could not enable the processor cache Test canceled the memory controller buffer request failed Test canceled the memory controller display alter write operation was not completed Turn off and restart the system Run the
288. ntion clips that secure the hard disk drive fan duct cable and then disconnect the hard disk drive fan duct cable from the system board Fan power cable T 1o s A J 5 Grasp the hard disk drive fan duct by the blue point and pull up to lift it out of the chassis 214 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Latch holes gt Hard disk drive fan duct N g A 9 2 LD N TA oA EE a WY HANG j Vy S lt Loy s a ZS y 0 D i UDA PA N 5 y KY 2 7 if 7 of Uf 7 ly A D 7 igs an N 4 y 4 Guide pins 6 If you are instructed t
289. nty service that is designated for the server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the simple swap backplate This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies To remove the simple swap backplate on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps Note You need a screwdriver in order to complete the steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Remove the simple swap hard disk drives that are installed in the hard disk drive cage see Removing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 194 Disconnect the power cable and then the signal cable from the simple swap backplate Press and hold the drive cage release latches to pull the drive cage half out of the chassis Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 217 ANW WY Cage release latches PN
290. o arg2 by user args IP subnet mask of network interface modified from arg1 to arg2 by user arg3 IP address of default gateway modified from arg1 to arg2 by user args The specified user has changed the Ethernet locally administered MAC address of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value The specified user has enabled or disabled the Ethernet interface The specified user has changed the Integrated Management Module host name The specified user has changed the IP address of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value The specified user has changed the subnet mask of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value The specified user has changed the gateway address of the Integrated Management Module external network interface to the specified value No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only Chapter 3 Diagnostics 63 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician
291. o cool down before you touch it a Loosen the screws and alternate among the screws until they break the seal with the microprocessor Press firmly on the captive screws and loosen them with a screwdriver Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor Important Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and heat sink If the microprocessor and heat sink will be reused do not contaminate the thermal material between them 252 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 wid A 2 Z System board gt Sox Ns Attention The microprocessor retention latch is spring loaded when the microprocessor is in place Releasing the latch too quickly or allowing it to spring upward can damage the microprocessor and surrounding components Release the microprocessor retention latch by pressing down on the end moving it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open up position eee Alignment marks Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor release lever System board Open the microprocessor bracket frame by lifting up the tab on the top edge Carefully lift the microprocessor straight up and out of the socket and place it on a Static protective surface lf you are instructed to return the microprocessor and heat sink follow all packaging instru
292. o return the fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the hard disk drive fan duct This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Attention e To ensure proper cooling and airflow do not operate the server for more than 30 minutes with the side cover removed To install the hard disk drive fan duct on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 2 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 3 Lower the hard disk drive fan duct into the chassis making sure the two guide pins and two latches on the chassis protrude through the respective holes on the hard disk drive fan duct Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 215 as Latch holes Mor Hard disk drive fan duct ra Z r gp Guide pins 4 Connect the hard disk drive fan duct cable to the system board see assembly connector Remember to insert the hard disk drive fan duct cable into the relevant retention clips Fan power cable
293. ocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Place the heat sink on a clean work surface 2 Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 257 3 Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat sink Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed 0 02 mL of thermal grease Microprocessor Use the thermal grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0 02 mL each on the top of the microprocessor The outermost dots must be within approximately 5 mm of the edge of the microprocessor this is to ensure uniform distribution of the grease Note If the grease is properly applied approximately half of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Removing the system board To remove the system board on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 gt f Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and all
294. og in the Firmware VPD section for this component For the latest level of firmware go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1 MIGR 4JTS2T and select your system to display a matrix of available firmware 5 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted System resource _ Replace the following components availability error one at a time in the order shown and run this test again to determine whether the problem has been solved a Trained service technician only Microprocessor board b Trained service technician only Microprocessor If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 97 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable
295. oing low lower critical has asserted Error Error Warning Error Error Info Error Sensor PS n Fan Fault has transitioned to Critical from a less severe state n power supply number Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going high upper non critical has asserted Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going high upper critical has asserted Numeric sensor Ambient Temp going high upper non recoverable has asserted Fan detected as absent Sensor DIMM n Temp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n DIMM number A lower critical sensor going low has asserted An implementation has detected a sensor transitioned to critical from less severe An upper non critical sensor going high has asserted An upper critical sensor going high has asserted An upper non recoverable sensor going high has asserted An implementation has detected a managed element is absent A sensor has transitioned to Critical from less severe Reseat the failing fan which is indicated by a lit LED near the fan connector on the system board Replace the failing fan see Removing the rear system fan on page 211 and Installing the rear system fan on page 21 Make sure that there are no obstructions such as bundled cables to the airflow from the power supply fan Replace power supply n Reduce the ambient temperature Check the server airflow Make sure that nothing is blo
296. on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 5 Remove the air duct Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 205 206 6 Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board Determine the connectors into which you will install the DIMMs Install the DIMMs in the sequence shown in the following table Table 17 DIMM installation sequence Number of DIMMs Installation sequence connectors f 11 12 13 14 15 16 Open the retaining clips and if necessary remove any existing DIMM Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Retaining clip Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the outside of the server Then remove the DIMM from the package Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector Note If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been cor
297. on self test POST generates messages to indicate successful test completion or the_detection of a problem See POST on page 26 Event logs on page 24 and POST error codes on page 26 for more information Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 82 for more information Dynamic System Analysis DSA Preboot diagnostic programs The DSA Preboot diagnostic programs provide problem isolation configuration analysis and error log collection The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server and are stored in integrated USB memory The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Vital product data firmware and UEFI configuration Integrated management module II IMM2 status and configuration Hard disk drive health RAID adapter configuration Controller and IMM2 event logs including the following information System error logs Temperature voltage and fan speed information Self monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART data Machine check registers USB information Monitor configuration information PCI slot information The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is colle
298. on that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Pull the round blue loops of the drive assembly that is to be removed toward each other then pull the assembly out of the bay 194 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 5 If you are instructed to return the drive assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to yOu Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 195 Installing a simple swap hard disk drive This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies the server supports up to four 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drives which are accessible from the front of the server You must disconnect all power from the server before you remove or install simple swap drives Before you install a simple swap SATA hard disk drive read the following information To install a simple swap SATA hard disk drive on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps e Install the drives starting from the top bay to the bottom bay bay 3 4 5 and then 6 The following tables list the IDs of the hard d
299. on the system board Ethernet connector 1 USB connectors 1 amp 2 Ethernet connector 2 USB connectors 3 amp 4 NMI button Serial COM1 Video hS Le J i ME i g g gamy pey lg i B O System board LEDs The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board SEIT System board error LED IMM Hearbeat Po
300. only by trained service technicians For a list of replaceable components for the server see Replaceable server components on page 151 For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance see the Warranty Information document that comes with the server Related documentation In addition to this document the following documentation also comes with the server e Environmental Notices and User Guide This document is in PDF format on the IBM System x Documentation CD It contains translated environmental notices e IBM License Agreement for Machine Code This document is in PDF It contains translated versions of the IBM License Agreement for Machine code for your server e IBM Warranty Information This printed document contains the warranty terms and a pointer to the IBM Statement of Limited Warranty on the IBM website e Installation and User s Guide This document is in Portable Document Format PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD It provides general information about setting up and cabling the server including information about features and how to configure the server It also contains detailed instructions for installing removing and connecting some optional devices that the server supports e Licenses and Attributions Documents This document is in PDF It contains information about the open source notices Copyright IBM Corp 2012 5 e Safety Information This documen
301. ons and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 172 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the lower bezel This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To install the lower bezel on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Insert the two bottom tabs on the lower bezel into the corresponding holes in the front of the chassis D 2 OQ o _ S 2 Rotate the top of the lower bezel up to the chassis then press the blue colored release tab on the right side of the lower bezel and completely close the lower bezel until it locks securely into place 3 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 173 Removing the upper bezel This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To access the DVD drive or tape drive on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x you must first remove the upper bezel to access the devices To remove the upper bezel on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that b
302. or emulex 10G card The next time the server starts it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup utility Starting the backup server firmware The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware formerly BIOS firmware This is a secondary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy turn off the server then place the J6 jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move the J6 jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Using the integrated management module II IMM2 The Integrated Management Module II IMM2 is the second generation of the functions that were formerly provided by the Integrated Management Module IMM It combines service processor functions and the video controller in a single chip The IMM2 supports the following basic systems management features e Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature voltages fan failure and power supply failure e Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 275 Using IPMItool e DIMM error assistance The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI disables a failing DIMM that is det
303. or the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 226 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Disconnect the front panel assembly cable from the system board and note the routing of the cable see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front panel connector Press on top of the front panel assembly and rotate the assembly toward the bottom of the server then remove the front panel assembly from the chassis IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Note Carefully pull the cable out from the opening Do not allow the LED to disconnect from the front panel assembly 9 If you are instructed to return the front panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove the front panel assembly on the 5U server model with hot swap p
304. ow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 903 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test 124 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide The IMM2 indicates 1 a failure in LED bus Bus 2 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component
305. ower supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 Remove the upper bezel see Removing the upper bezel on page 174 Slide the drives in bay 1_and bay 2 forward slightl Removing a DVD drive on page 184 and Removing a tape drive on page 188 for more information It is not necessary to remove these drives 7 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the hot swap power supplies and the hot swap power supply cage see Removing the hot swap power supply on page 243 and Removing the hot swap power supply cage on page 247 D o Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 227 9 10 11 Disconnect the front panel assembly cable from the system board and note the routing of the cable see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front panel connector Pres
306. ower capping No action information only 00000000 deactivated by user deactivated by arg1 user 40000079 Static Power Savings Info Static Power No action information only 00000000 mode has been turned Savings mode on by user arg1 turned on by user 4000007a Static Power Savings Info Static Power No action information only 00000000 mode has been turned Savings mode off by user arg1 turned off by user 4000007b Dynamic Power Info Dynamic Power No action information only 00000000 Savings mode has Savings mode been turned on by user turned on by user arg1 4000007c Dynamic Power Info Dynamic Power No action information only 00000000 Savings mode has Savings mode been turned off by user turned off by user arg1 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 77 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000007d Power cap and external Info Power cap and No action information only 00000000 throttling occurred external throttling occurred 4000007e External throttling Info External throttling No action information only 00000000 occurred occurred 4000007f 00000000 Power cap throttling Info Power cap No action information only occurred throttling occurred 4000
307. page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 120 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 823 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped cannot from the power source You must execute the disconnect the system from ac power command to reset the IMM2 insufficient privilege level After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more informat
308. pdate and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0018008 Microprocessors with mismatched internal Make sure that the microprocessor is on the DDR3 frequency ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us update and update the server firmware to the Check the IBM support website for a firmware latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0018009 Microprocessors with mismatched core Make sure that the microprocessor is on the speed ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 001800A Microprocessors with mismatched bus speed 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on th
309. plete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a Go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay amp lndocid TOOL b Scroll down to Configuration and click Advanced Settings Utility c In the next window under Related Information click the Advanced Settings Utility link and download the ASU version for your operating system 2 ASU sets the UUID in the integrated management module II IMM2 Select one of the following methods to access the integrated management module II IMM2 to set the UUID e Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access e Remote access to the target system LAN based e Bootable media containing ASU LAN or KCS depending upon the bootable media Note IBM provides a method for building a bootable media You can create a bootable media using the Bootable Media Creator BOMC application from the Tools Center website 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required e For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat e For Linux based operating systems
310. points to a 45 degree angle on the system board e Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the socket 5 Close the microprocessor bracket frame then close the microprocessor retention latch and lock it securely in place eee Alignment marks Microprocessor bracket frame Microprocessor release lever System board 6 Install the heat sink 254 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 9 10 11 12 13 Attention Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated contact your service technician a Align the screw holes on the heat sink with the holes on the system board b Tighten the screws with a screwdriver alternating among the screws until they are tight If possible each screw should be rotated two full rotations at a time Repeat until the screws are tight Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force Important Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated contact your service technician System board G D MEE D KRAO Qf GI WHAO Y iP
311. pportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 108 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 811 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped request from the power source You must data field length disconnect the system from ac power limit is exceeded to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware
312. processor For more information and to download the utilities go to htto www ibm com Running the diagnostic programs If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operations a software error might be the cause If you suspect a software problem see the information that comes with your software A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See e e taal ata tix inte Sit A r microprocessor problems 94 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try to run the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped To run the DSA Preboot diagnostic programs with software RAID turned off complete the following steps 1 2 3 D o SS Press F1 to boot the uEFI setup menu and disable software RAID see a software RAID array of hard disk drives on page 285 for more information Select IDE mode Save the setting and press F2 to run DSA Preboot diagnostic programs Note The DS
313. r supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Pull the drive cage half out of the chassis 3 Touch the static protective package that contains the system board to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the system board from the package 4 Insert the system board into the chassis and slide it toward the rear of the server until the screw holes on the system board align with the screw holes on the chassis 262 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 9 10 11 12 13 System board 7 screws Install the seven screws that secure the system board to the chassis Install any of the following components that you removed from the system board e SAS SATA ServeRAID adapter see Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 e Battery see Installing the system battery on page 209 e DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 203 e Microprocessor and heat sink see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 ink on page 254 Adapters see Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 Reconnect any cables to the system board that you disconnected during removal see System board internal connectors on page 17 Secure the cabl
314. r 3 Diagnostics 81 Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms If you cannot find the problem in these tables see Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 for information about testing the server If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working complete the following steps before using the troubleshooting tables 1 Check the LEDs on the control panel or the system board see System board LEDs on page 18 2 Remove the software or device that you just added 3 Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly 4 Reinstall the new software or new device DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The DVD ROM drive is not sie sure that TECOJMIZRO e The SATA channel to which the DVD drive is attached primary or secondary is enabled in the Setup utility program e All cables and jumpers are installed correctly e The correct device driver
315. r in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 816 xxx IMM2 IMM2 2C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped the from the power source You must command is illegal disconnect the system from ac power for the specified to reset the IMM2 sensor or record type After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to t
316. r more DIMMs are installed in the server Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server see Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 3 Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 203 4 Trained service technician only Replace the microprocessor that controls the failing DIMMs sink on page 250 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Trained service technician only Replace the system board see and Installing the system board on page 267 005100A No usable memory detected Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Make sure one or more DIMMs are installed in the server Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server see Removing a memory module on page 200 and Installing a memory module on page 203 Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 203 Clear CMOS memory to ensure that all DIMM connectors are enabled see system battery on page 207 and Installing the system battery on page 209 Note that all firmware settings will be reset to the default settings 32 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested act
317. rank 8GB dual rank Drives depending on the model e Hard disk drives up to eight 2 5 inch hot swap SATA One of the following SATA attached optical drives DVD ROM Drive bays e Two 5 25 inch half high bays one optical drive installed e Eight 2 5 inch hard disk drive bays Fan e One system fan Power supply One or two redundant 430 watt power supply RAID depending on model e ServeRAID BR10il v2 SAS SATA adapter that provides RAID levels O 1 and 10 Environment Size Height 438 60 mm 17 27 in Depth 569 11 mm 22 41 in Width 217 25 mm 8 56 in Weight 19 6 kg 43 Ib to 21 4 kg 47 lb depending upon configuration Integrated functions e Integrated management module II IMM2 which consolidates multiple management functions in a single chip Intel 82574L Gb Ethernet controller with TCP IP Offload Engine TOE and Wake on LAN support Integrated SATA controller Seven Universal Serial Bus USB 2 0 ports two front four rear of the chassis and one internal for an optional tape drive Six SATA ports blue colored ports for DVD drive or optional tape drive One serial port Two Ethernet port One VGA port e Air temperature Server on 10 C to 35 C 50 F to 95 F Altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3000 ft Server on 10 C to 32 C 50 F to 89 6 F Altitude 914 4 m 3000 ft to 2133 6 m 7000 ft Server on 10 C to 28 C 50 0 F to 83 F altitude 2133 6 m
318. rays consider the following information e The integrated SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following features Integrated Mirroring IM with hot spare support also known as RAID 1 Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks plus up to two optional hot spares All data on the primary disk can be migrated Integrated Striping IS also Known as RAID 0 Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive e If you use an integrated SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure a RAID 1 mirrored array after you have installed the operating system you will lose access to any data or applications that were previously stored on the secondary drive of the mirrored pair e If you install a different type of RAID controller see the documentation that comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for attached devices Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program To start the LSI Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active
319. re complete the following steps 1 Is the server part of a cluster e No Go to step 2 e Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step 2 Complete the following steps a Turn off the server and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Set all display controls to the middle positions Turn on all external devices Turn on the server If the server does not start see Troubleshooting tables on page 82 f Check the system error LED on the control panel If it is lit check the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 18 g Check for the following results e Successful completion of POST which is indicated by a single beep e Successful completion of startup which is indicated by a readable display of the operating system desktop Did a single beep sound and are there readable instructions on the main menu or was a POST error code displayed e Yes Find the POST error codes on page 26 if necessary see undetermined problems on page 147 e No Find the failure symptom in Troubleshooting tables on page 82 if necessary run the diagnostic programs see Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 If you receive an error see Diagnostic messages on page 95 If the diagnostic programs were completed successfully and you still suspect a problem see Solving undetermined problems on page 147 ooo OU Chapte
320. reator BOMC application from the Tools Center website 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required e For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat e For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh 4 After you install ASU Type the following commands to set the DMI asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt access method Where lt m t_model gt The server machine type and model number Type mtm xxxxyyy where Xxxx is the machine type and yyy is the server model number lt s n gt _ The serial number on the server Type sn zzzzzzz where zzzzzzz is the serial number lt asset_methoad gt The server asset tag number Type asset aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa where aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number access_method The access method that you select to use from the following methods e Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt IMM2_ internal _ip gt user lt IMM2_ user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt Where IMM2_internal_ip The IMM2 internal LAN U
321. rectly inserted open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server To install a DIMM on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 3 Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Locate the DIMM connectors on the system board Determine the connectors into which you will install the DIMMs Install the DIMMs in the sequence shown in the following table Table 18 DIMM installation sequence Number of DIMMs Installation sequence connectors 6 Open the retaining clips and if necessary re
322. red by user arg3 Server Power Action 40000055 Synchronize time Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 setting by user arg1 the Date and Time Mode arg2 synchronize NTPServerHost settings arg3 arg4 NTPUpdateFrequency arg5 40000056 SMTP Server set by Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 user arg1 to the SMTP server arg2 arg3 40000057 Telnet arg1 by user Info A user enables or No action information only 00000000 arg2 disables Telnet services 40000058 DNS servers set by Info A user configures No action information only 00000000 user arg1 the DNS servers UseAdditionalServers arg2 PreferredDNStype arg3 IPv4Server1 arg4 IPv4Server2 arg5 IPv4Server3 arg6 IPv6Server1 arg7 IPv6Server2 arg8 IPv6Server3 arg9 40000059 LAN over USB arg1 Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 by user arg2 USB LAN 4000005a LAN over USB Port Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 Forwarding set by user USB LAN port arg1 forwarding ExternalPort arg2 USB LAN port arg3 4000005b Secure Web services Info A user enables or No action information only 00000000 HTTPS arg1 by user disables Secure arg2 web services 4000005c Secure Info A user enables or No action information only 00000000 CIM XML HTTPS disables Secure arg1 by user arg2 CIM XML se
323. release button on the side of the bay to release the drive then pull the drive out of the front of the server to 2 Release buttons Drive retainer clip 8 Remove the drive retainer clip from the side of the drive Save the clip to use when you install the replacement drive 9 If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a DVD drive To install a DVD drive complete the following steps If you are replacing a removed drive with a new drive make sure that e You have all the cables and other equipment that is specified in the documentation that comes with the new drive e You have checked the instructions that come with the new drive to determine whether you must set any switches or jumpers in the drive e You have removed the blue optical drive retainer clip from the side of the old drive and have them available for installation on the new drive Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 185 186 Note If you are installing a drive that contains a laser observe the following safety precaution Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardo
324. remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU I
325. require action they indicate system errors such as when a fan is not detected Each message contains date and time information and it indicates the source of the message POST or the IMM2 Integrated management module II IMM2 error messages The following table describes the IMM2 error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems For more information about IMM2 see the Integrated Management Module II User s Guide at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay Indocid MIGR 5079770 amp brandind 5000008 Table 6 IMM2 error messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Temperature and fan messages Chapter 3 Diagnostics 39 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010204 1d01xxxx 80070204 0a01 xxxx 80070204 0a02xxxx 80010701 0701xxxx 80010901 0701xxxx 80010b01 0701xxxx 806f0125 1d01xxxx 80070201 2001xxxx 80070201 2002xxxx 80070201 2003xxxx 80070201 2004xxxx Power messages Numeric sensor Fan A Tach g
326. rganization 16 x16 organization wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth in MBps 8500 8 53 GBps PC3 1066 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 10600 10 66 GBps PC3 1333 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 203 12800 12 8 GBps PC3 1600 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus m is the DIMM type E Unbuffered DIMM UDIMM with ECC x72 bit module data bus R Registered DIMM RDIMM U Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC x64 bit primary data bus aa is the CAS latency in clocks at maximum operating frequency bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM d is the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM Note To determine the type of a DIMM see the label on the DIMM The information on the label is in the format xxxxx NRxxx PC3 xxxxx xx Xxx xxx The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates whether the DIMM is single rank n 1 or dual rank n 2 Unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMs The following notes provide information that you must consider when you install UDIMMs e The memory channels run at the lowest common frequency of the DIMMs installed e The UDIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB 2 GB 4 GB and 8 GB when available DIMMs e The server supports up to two single rank or dual rank UDIMMs per channel e The following table lists the supported UDIMM population Table 14 Supported UDIMM population
327. rify Fail Info An implementation No action information only has deasserted has detected a deasserted 80070202 0701xxxx Sensor Planar Fault Error A sensor has has transitioned to changed to Critical Critical from a less state from a less severe state severe state Check the system event log Check for an error LED on the system board Replace any failing device Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician onl the system board Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on 806f0013 1701xxxx A front panel NMI has Error An operator Check the device driver occurred on system information panel Sisal the devicedr o1 NMI diagnostic Reinstall the device driver 1 interrupt has Update all device drivers to the CIM_ComputerSystem occurred latest level ElementName Update the firmware UEFI and IMM2 see Updating the firmware on page 267 60 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is precede
328. ription 215 801 xxx Optical Drive Verify Media Aborted Unable to 1 Make sure that the DSA code is at Installed communicate with the latest level For more information Read Write the device driver and to download the utilities go to Test http www iom com systems support SEESI docdisplay brandind 5000008 Messages and actions apply to Run the test again all three tests 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 8 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 134 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components ar
329. rm Module s TPM physical presence is asserted it is an indication that the system is vulnerable to potential security risks This occurs when the jumper setting of JP11 is at Pins 2 and 3 Switching the jumper setting to Pins 1 and 2 of JP11 will deassert the Trusted Platform Module s TPM physical presence Important 1 Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in 20 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installation guidelines on page 163 Handling static sensitive devices on page 165 and Turning off the server on page 16 2 Any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved Chapter 2 Introduction 21 22 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 3 Diagnostics This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server If you cannot locate and correct the problem using the information in this chapter seel Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 293 for more information Diagnostic tools The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems e POST error messages and error logs Copyright IBM Corp 2012 The power
330. rm firmware update following the instructions in the firmware update package readme file Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables and then remove the server side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove any adapter that impede access to the boot block recovery jumper JP2 see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 Move the BIOS boot backup jumper JP2 from pins 2 and 3 back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Reinstall any adapter that you removed before see Installing a ServeRAID ladapter on page 175 on page 178 Reinstall the server top cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST If this does not recover the primary back continue with the following steps Remove the server side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 143 21 Reset the CMOS by removing the system battery see Removing the system battery on page 207 ttery on page 207 22 Leave the system battery out of the server for approximately 5 to 15 minutes 23 Reinstall the system battery see 24 Reinstall the server side cover epee ts ie en or pase E 25 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed 26 Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST 27 If the
331. rmation hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 305000A Date time or both are incorrect 1 Run the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 271 select Load Default Settings and save the settings Replace the CMOS battery see system battery on page 207 and Installing the system battery on page 209 Replace the battery 3058004 Three boot failure Undo any recent system changes such as new settings or newly installed devices Make sure that the server is attached to a reliable power source Remove all hardware that is not listed on the ServerProven web site at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Update the firmware to the latest level seq Updating the firmware on page 267 for more information Make sure that the operating system is not corrupted Run the Setup utility save the configuration and then restart the server Trained service technician only If the problem remains replace the system board se Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 3808000 IMM2 communication failure Shut down the system and remove the power cords from the server for 30 seconds then reconnect the server to power and restart it Update the IMM2 firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Replace the
332. rn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com 110 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 81 3 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 2C test 1 Turn off the system and disco
333. roblems 92 software RAID array creating 284 Index 309 software RAID array continued Universal Serial Bus USB disable 285 connectors software service and support 294 front 13 specifications 7 rear 15 specifications server 7 Universal Serial Bus USB problems 93 start here UpdateXpress 2 troubleshooting procedures 1 updating starting IBM Systems Director 286 the LSI Configuration Utility program 283 Systems Director IBM 286 the server firmware 275 USB front connector assembly the Setup utility 271 installing 233 statements and notices 6 removing 230 static sensitive devices handling 165 using status LEDs 11 IMM2 275 system board the integrated management module 2 275 error LEDs 18 the LSI Configuration Utility program 282 installing 262 Using IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU 276 internal connectors 17 utilities jumper blocks 19 See tools jumpers 19 utility LEDs 18 Setup 271 removing 258 Utility program system event log 39 IBM Advanced Settings 285 system reliability 164 utility Setup 268 system specifications 7 System board error LED 19 system error LED 13 V system event log 24 video Systems Director updating 286 connector 15 specifications 7 video problems 87 T viewing event logs 24 tape drive installing 185 190 remove 188 W telephone numbers 295 Wake on LAN feature 15 temperature 7 warranty 5 test log viewing 95 website thermal grease 257 compatible options 203 three boot failure 144 personalized support 294
334. ror LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0018010 Microprocessors with mismatched stepping Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http Awww ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0050001 DIMM disabled Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly see Installing a memory module on page 203 If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault follow the suggested actions for that error event Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU 30 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action co
335. rver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 29 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 001800F Microprocessors with mismatched family Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website atjhttp www iom com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor er
336. rvice technician only Microprocessor b Trained service technician only System board IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Monitor or video problems Some IBM monitors have their own self tests If you Suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor If you cannot diagnose the problem call for service Note SLES 11 SP1 supports only Matrox G200eR with VESA driver Go to Video configuration interface for other resolutions if needed Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Testing the monitor 1 Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected Try using a different monitor on the server or try using the monitor that is being tested on a different server Run the diagnostic programs If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be a video device driver Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Train
337. rvices 74 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000005d Secure LDAP arg1 by Info A user enables or No action information only 00000000 user arg2 disables Secure LDAP services 4000005e SSH arg1 by user Info A user enables or No action information only 00000000 arg2 disables SSH services 4000005f 00000000 Server timeouts set by Info A user configures No action information only user arg1 Server Timeouts EnableOSWatchdog arg2 OSWatchdogTimout arg3 EnableLoaderWatchdog arg4 Loader Timeout arg5 40000060 License key for eee Info A user installs No action information only 00000000 added eee user arg2 License Key 40000061 License Fes po a for arg1 Info A user removes a_ No action information only 00000000 removed by user Fes TA License Key 40000062 Global Login General Info A user changes No action information only Settings set by user the Global Login arg1 General Settings AuthenticationMethod arg2 LockoutPeriod arg3 Session Timeout arg4 00000000 Global Login Account Info A user changes No action information only Securit
338. s On some server models each hot swap drive has a hard disk drive activity LED When this green LED is flashing it indicates that the drive is in use When the drive is removed this LED also is visible on the SAS SATA backplane next to the drive connector The backplane is the printed circuit board behind drive bays 4 through 7 on 3 5 inch hard disk drive models Hot swap hard disk drive status LED some models On some server models each hot swap hard disk drive has an yellow status LED If this yellow status LED for a drive is lit it indicates that the associated hard disk drive has failed If an optional ServeRAID adapter is installed in the server and the LED flashes slowly one flash per second the drive is being rebuilt If the LED flashes rapidly three flashes per second the adapter is identifying the drive When the drive is removed this LED also is visible on the SAS SATA backplane below the hot swap hard disk drive activity LED Chapter 2 Introduction 13 Rear view The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the rear of 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies Power connector Power switch Serial 1 Com1 Video USB connectors NMI button
339. s New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda 39M5151 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe 39M5158 Liechtenstein Switzerland 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Brazil Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Costa Rica Colombia Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Japan Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Phi
340. s then place the hinge pin through the hole on the chassis 2 Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket into place so that the hole in the opposite hinge point snaps into place over the hinge pin on the chassis Install the adapters Stand the server back up in its vertical position Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server oe a Removing the hard disk drive cage This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies To remove the hard disk drive cage on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 4 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 5 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 237 6 Remove the air duct 7 Remove the simple swap hard disk drives see Removing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 194 8 Remove the simple swap backplate see Removi
341. s tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 0068002 CMOS battery cleared 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Replace the CMOS battery see system battery on page 207 and Installing the system battery on page 209 Trained service technician only Replace the system board seq Removing the system board and page 261 0068005 IOH or IIO has reported an error Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each ServeRAID adapter on page 176 and Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 e Trained service technician only System board se Removing the system board on page 258 and Installing the system board on page 261 2011000 PCI PERR Check the riser card LEDs Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Update the PCI adapter firmware Replace the affected adapters and riser cards see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page and Installing a ServeRAID adapter on page 178 Trained service technician only Replace the system board seg Removing the system board and Installing the system board on page 261 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 35 Follow the suggested actions in the order in whi
342. s 277 formatting a hard disk drive 284 front USB connector assembly installing 233 removing 230 front panel assembly installing 228 removing 226 G gaseous contamination 7 9 299 getting help 293 grease thermal 257 guidelines installation 163 system reliability 164 H hard disk drive activity LED 13 formatting 284 order of installation 196 problems 83 simple swap 196 hard disk drive cage removing 237 238 hard disk drives hot swap SAS or SATA installing 199 hot swap SAS or SATA removing 198 306 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide hard disk drives continued simple swap SATA removing 194 hardware service and support 295 hardware configuring 268 heat output 7 8 9 heat sink installing 254 removing 250 help getting 293 hot swap backplane removing 222 hot swap drives SAS backplane LEDs 13 SAS SATA backplane LEDs 13 hot swap drives SAS or SATA installing 199 removing 198 hot swap power supply cage installing 249 removing 248 IBM Advanced Settings Utility program overview 285 IBM Support Line 294 IBM System x Server Firmware Setup utility 277 tools and utilities 276 IBM Systems Director updating 286 IMM managing tools and utilities 276 IMM2 267 268 275 277 error messages 39 IMM2 event log 24 IMM2 heartbeat LED 19 important notices 6 in band method recovering the server firmware 142 indicators 11 installation order hard disk drives 196 memory modules 206
343. s 90 145 power supply non hot swap installing 242 245 removing 239 243 specifications 7 9 power switch 12 power cord connector 14 power on LED 12 15 power on password clear 274 power on password set 273 power on self test POST 26 power on password 274 problem diagnosis 3 problem isolation tables 82 problems CD ROM DVD ROM drive 82 Ethernet controller 146 hard disk drive 83 IMM2 39 intermittent 84 keyboard 85 memory 86 microprocessor 86 monitor 87 mouse 85 optional devices 89 pointing device 85 power 90 145 serial port 91 ServerGuide 91 software 92 308 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide problems continued undetermined 147 USB port 93 video 87 public services network use in 300 public telecommunications network connection to 300 publications 5 R RAID array creating 284 recovering the server firmware 142 in band method 142 recovering UEFI update failure 142 recovery CDs 159 removing battery system 207 bezel 169 lower 171 upper 174 CD drive 184 DIMMs 200 diskette drive 184 DVD drive 184 fan front 214 rear 211 front USB connector assembly 230 front panel assembly 226 hard disk drive cage 237 238 heat sink 250 hot swap backplane 222 hot swap drives 198 hot swap power supply cage 248 hot swap SAS or SATA drives 198 internal drives 182 memory modules 200 microprocessor 250 power supply non hot swap 239 243 ServeRAID adapter 176 side cover 166 simple
344. s for that caution statement are in the Safety Information document under Statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before you perform the procedures Read any additional safety information that comes with the server or optional device before you install the device Safety XI Attention Use No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord Statement 1 A A DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage Disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect Turn everything OFF Turn everything OFF First
345. s preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 815 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped invalid from the power source You must data field in the disconnect the system from ac power reques to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 113 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the orde
346. s up on the release tab of the front panel assembly and pull the assembly toward the rear of the server then remove the front panel assembly from the chassis Front panel assembly A Lo lf you are instructed to return the front panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the front panel assembly To install the front panel assembly on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section ale Reroute the front panel assembly cable into the opening Note Carefully pull the cable out from the opening Do not allow the LED to disconnect from the front panel assembly Insert the bottom tabs of the front panel assembly into the corresponding holes and rotate the assembly toward the chassis 228 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 9 Push the front panel assembly toward the chassis until it clicks into place Reroute and connect the front panel assembly cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front panel connector Install the air duct Install the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Stand
347. se recovery efforts fail contact your IBM service support representative for support See System board switches and jumpers on page 19 for a description of the jumpers and switches In band automated boot recovery method Note Use this method if the System board error LED is lit and there is a log entry or Booting Backup Image is displayed on the firmware splash screen otherwise use the in band manual recovery method 1 Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded 2 Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file 3 Restart the server 4 At the firmware splash screen press F3 when prompted to restore to the primary bank The server boots from the primary bank Automated boot recovery ABR If the server is booting up and the IMM2 detect problems with the server firmware in the primary bank it will automatically switch to the backup firmware bank and give you the opportunity to recover the primary bank To recover to the server firmware primary bank complete the following steps 1 Restart the server 2 When the prompt press F3 to restore to primary is displayed press F3 to recover the primary bank Pressing F3 will restart the server Three boot failure 144 Configuration changes such as added devices or adapter firmware updates can cause the server to fail POST power on self tes
348. se the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys To scroll left and right use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or the End key Press Alt D To start the low level formatting operation select Format and press Enter Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives To create a RAID array complete the following steps 1 6 T From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drives that you want to mirror Select RAID Properties Select the type of array that you want to create Use the arrow keys to highlight the first drive in the pair then press the Minus or Plus key to change the mirror value to Primary Continue to select the next drive using the Minus or Plus key until you have selected all the drives for your array Press C to create the disk array Select Apply changes and exit menu to create the array Creating a software RAID array of hard disk drives To create a software RAID array of hard disk drives complete the following steps 1 D N Se m Turn on the server Note Approximately 1 to 3 minutes after the server is connected to ac power the power control button becomes active after the power on LED flashes slowly When the prompt lt F1 Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password Under System Settings select Devices and I O Ports Confirm to configure SATA as RAID Save the setting and reboot the system
349. securely into place IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide W li Cover release latch Bes Key lock 4 Lock the side cover 5 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the bezel This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies When you work with some devices on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies such as the drives in bays 3 through 6 you must first remove the bezel to access the devices To remove the bezel on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Open the bezel by pressing the button on the left edge of the bezel and rotate the left side of the bezel away from the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 169 3 If you are instructed to return the bezel follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 170 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the bezel This procedure applies only to 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies To install
350. serve as an endorsement of those websites The materials at those websites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those websites is at your own risk IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you IBM the IBM logo and ibm com are trademarks of International Business Machines Corp registered in many jurisdictions worldwide Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the web at Copyright and trademark information at http www iom com legal copytrade shtml Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Copyright IBM Corp 2012 297 Cell Broadband Engine is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment Inc in the United States other countries or both and is used under license therefrom Intel Intel Xeon Itanium and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Java and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in t
351. sing out of the opening in the chassis 230 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 11 Pull the assembly out of the back of the housing h Q 1 gl 9a a gt o NK N so a he i Ne P Carefully pull the front USB cable out of the opening in the chassis If you are instructed to return the front USB connector assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you To remove the front USB connector assembly on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 1771 Remove the upper bezel see Removing the upper bezel on page 174 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Disconnect the front USB cable from the system board and note the routing of the cable see
352. sistance To ashlee aude a e a Vaeetaaa tential Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination procedures that you have used Chapter 1 Start here 3 4 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 2 Introduction This Problem Determination and Service Guide contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in the IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 server It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components The most recent version of this document is available at http www ibm com Supportportal Replaceable components are of four types e Consumable part Purchase and replacement of consumable parts components such as batteries and printer cartridges that have depletable life is your responsibility If IBM acquires or installs a consumable part at your request you will be charged for the service e Tier 1 customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Tier 2 customer replaceable unit You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server e Field replaceable unit FRU FRUs must be installed
353. sor If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at htto www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 96 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Aborted System resource 1 Turn off and restart the system availability error 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event l
354. ssion compliance statement Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Contents 238 239 242 243 245 247 249 250 s290 254 258 261 267 267 268 269 2 1 215 215 210 2 6 276 217 278 281 281 281 282 284 285 285 286 286 289 293 293 294 294 294 294 294 295 295 2 297 297 298 299 299 300 300 300 300 300 V vi Australia and New Zealand Class A statement European Union EMC Directive conformance statement Germany Class A statement VCCI Class A statement l Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA statement Korea Communications Commission KCC statement Russia Electromagnetic Interference EMI Class A statement People s Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement Taiwan Class A compliance statement Index IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 300 301 301 302 302 302 303 303 303 305 Safety Before installing this product read the Safety Information Agha laa tall bel Gay egill la CaS i US Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es de Seguran a FEBRRAT i ZA wetFAlbi Safety Information ZERA PRAE DLA AAR ZARA o Prije instalacije ovog produkta obavezno pro itajte Sigurnosne Upute P ed instalac toho
355. ssword gt Where IMM2_external_ip The external IMM2 LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required 288 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide IMM2_user_id The IMM2 account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID IMM2_password The IMM2 account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt IMM2_ip gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_ value gt host lt IMM2_ip gt Bootable media You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the Tools Center website at http publib boulder iobm com infocenter toolsctr v1r0 index jsp From the left pane click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools Center then click Tool reference for the available tools 5 Restart the server Updating the DMI SMBIOS data The Desktop Management Interface DMI must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in the UEFl based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating syst
356. stall the OpenIPMI drivers Updates and downloads for IBM systems management tools and utilities are available on the IBM website To check for updates to tools and utilities complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website Procedures for locating firmware and documentation might vary slightly from what is described in this document See http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp lndocid TOOL CENTER Using IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU version 3 0 0 or later is required to manage IMM2 ASU is a tool that you can use to modify firmware settings from the command line interface on multiple operating system platforms It also enables you to issue selected IMM2 setup commands You can use ASU in band to manage and configure the IMM2 For more information about the ASU go toj http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid TOOL ASU 2 6 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Using IBM Flash utilities and update utilities A flash utility enables you to update hardware and server firmware and eliminates the need to manually install new firmware or firmware updates from a physical diskette or other medium To find a flash utility complete the following steps 1 Goto 2 Under Product support click System x 3 Type flash utility in the search field and click Search 4 Click t
357. stem requirement 270 License Agreement for Machine Code 5 Licenses and Attributions Documents 5 light path diagnostics 1 Linux license agreement 5 logs system event message 39 LSI Configuration Utility program starting 283 using 282 memory installing 203 specifications 7 memory module installing 203 order of installation 206 207 specifications 7 9 memory modules removing 200 memory problems 86 menu choices for the Setup utility 271 messages diagnostic 94 messages error POST 26 microprocessor installing 254 problems 86 removing 250 specifications 7 9 minimum configuration 147 monitor problems 87 mouse problems 85 N NMI button 15 NOS installation with ServerGuide 270 without ServerGuide 270 notes 6 notes important 298 notices 297 electronic emission 300 FCC Class A 300 notices and statements 6 O online publications 6 online service request 3 optional device problems 89 options memory modules 203 order of installation hard disk drives 196 memory modules 206 207 P particulate contamination 7 9 299 parts listing 151 password 274 administrator 274 power on 274 password administrator 275 clear 274 set 274 password power on 274 clear 274 set 273 passwords setting 274 pointing device problems 85 ports Ethernet 15 serial 15 Universal Serial Bus USB 13 15 video 15 POST 26 error codes 26 POST event log 24 power control button 12 power cords 159 power problem
358. stem and preinstalled software if any or optional device is available in the documentation that comes with the product That documentation can include printed documents online documents readme files and help files See the troubleshooting information in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic programs The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need additional or updated device drivers or other software IBM maintains pages on the World Wide Web where you can get the latest technical information and download device drivers and updates To access these pages go to http www ibm com supportportal Also some documents are available through the IBM Publications Center at http www iom com shop publications order Getting help and information from the World Wide Web On the World Wide Web up to date information about IBM systems optional devices services and support is available at http www ibm com supportportal The address for IBM System x information is htto www ibm com systems x The address for IBM BladeCenter information is http www ibm com systems bladecenter The address for IBM IntelliStation information is http www ibm com systems intellistation How to send Dynamic System Analysis data to IBM Use the IBM Enhanced Customer Data Repository to send diagnostic data to IBM Before you send diagnostic data to IBM read the terms of use at
359. t If this occurs on three consecutive boot attempts the server will temporarily use the default configuration values and automatically goes to F1 Setup To solve the problem complete the following steps 1 Undo any configuration changes that you made recently and restart the server 2 Remove any devices that you added recently and restart the server 3 If the problem remains go to Setup and select Load Default Settings and then click Save to restore the server factory settings IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Solving power problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure 1 Zi 4 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for short circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see Solving undetermined problems on page for the minimum configuration Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts suc
360. t Enable e Flow Control Hardware d Press Esc twice to exit the Devices and I O Ports section of the Configuration Setup Utility program e Select Save Settings then press Enter f Press Enter to confirm g Select Exit Setup then press Enter h Make sure that Yes exit the Setup Utility is selected then press Enter Using the LSI Configuration Utility program Note OPROM configuration utility is only available for emulex 10G card Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID arrays Be sure to use this program as described in this document 282 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide e Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot spare drive Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives The integrated SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays ServeRAID BR10il adapter provides RAID levels 0 and 1 support If you install a different type of RAID adapter follow the instructions in the documentation that comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices In addition you can download an LSI command line configuration program from http www iom com systems support When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage ar
361. t 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it elope the node from the power source You must is busy try later disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 101 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service tech
362. t Description 166 808 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped from the power source You must reservation disconnect the system from ac power canceled or invalid to reset the IMM2 reservation ID After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see firmware on page 267 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com 106 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service
363. t USB housing 4 10 Squeeze the spring clips on the sides of the front USB connector assembly and pull the assembly out of the back of the housing 232 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 11 12 Front USB connector assembly S E Spring clips Front USB housing Carefully pull the front USB cable out of the opening in the chassis If you are instructed to return the front USB connector assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the front USB connector assembly To install the front USB connector assembly on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 D Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Carefully insert the front USB
364. t come with the adapter to set jumpers or switches if any Touch the static protective package that contains the adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the adapter from the static protective package Avoid touching the components and gold edge connectors on the adapter Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables Unlock and remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the open unlocked position Carefully grasp the adapter by the top edge or upper corner and move the adapter directly from the static protective package to the expansion slot Align the adapter with the expansion slot guides then press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot Connect the required cables to the adapter Route cables so that they do not block the air flow from the fan Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the closed locked position Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 181 Adapter P Rear adapter retention bracket 12 Stand the server back up in its vertical position 13 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 1
365. t is in PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD It contains translated caution and danger statements Each caution and danger statement that appears in the documentation has a number that you can use to locate the corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information document Depending on the server model additional documentation might be included on the IBM System x Documentation CD The xSeries and BladeCenter Tools Center is an online information center that contains information about tools for updating managing and deploying firmware device drivers and operating systems The xSeries and BladeCenter Tools Center is at http publib boulder iobm com infocenter toolsctr v1 r0 index jsp The server might have features that are not described in the documentation that comes with the server The documentation might be updated occasionally to include information about those features or technical updates might be available to provide additional information that is not included in the server documentation These updates are available from the IBM website To check for updated documentation and technical updates complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 2 Under Product support click System x 3 Under Popular links click Publications lookup 4 From the Product family menu select System x3100 M4 and
366. t is lying flat with the system board facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove all adapters if necessary and place the adapters on a static protective surface see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 Note You might find it helpful to note where each adapter is installed before you remove the adapters Rotate the rear adapter retention bracket to the open unlocked position Grasp the bracket on one side at the hinge point and pull inward while you rotate the bracket slightly toward the front of the server until the bracket is free of the hinge pin then grasp the bracket on the other side at the hinge point pull inward until the bracket is free of the hinge pin and remove the rear adapter retention bracket from the server IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Rear adapter retention bracket Hinge pin Installing the rear adapter retention bracket This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To install the rear adapter retention bracket on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Position the rear adapter retention bracket so that the hole in one of the hinge points is aligned with the hinge pin on the chassi
367. t need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SYsEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM2 using the LAN from a client the host and the MM2_external_ip address are required parameters host lt IMM2 external _ip gt user lt IMM2 user_id gt password lt IMM2_password gt Where IMM2_external_ip The external IMM2 LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required IMM2_user_id The IMM2 account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID IMM2_password The IMM2 account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do
368. t that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When you use a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames Use extreme care when you measure high voltages To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid X IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Safety statements Important Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number This number is used to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement is labeled with Statement 1 translation
369. tain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU Chapter 3 Diagnostics 51 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f050c 2001xxxx 806f050c 2002xxxx 806f050c 2003xxxx 806f050c 2004xxxx Memory Logging Limit The memory 1 Reached for DIMM n logging limit has Status been reached n DIMM number 52 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 203 for memory population If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board on page 258 and Instal
370. technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 809 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped request from the power source You must data was truncated disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information _at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 107 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing
371. tem board ServerGuide problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The ServerGuide Setup and Make sure that the server supports the ServerGuide program and has a Installation CD will not start startable bootable CD or DVD drive If the startup boot sequence settings have been changed make sure that the CD or DVD drive is first in the startup sequence If more than one CD or DVD drive is installed make sure that only one drive is set as the primary drive Start the CD from the primary drive The ServeRAID program cannot Make sure that there are no duplicate IRQ assignments view all installed drives or the Make sure that the hard disk drive is connected correctly operating system cannot be installed The operating system Make more space available on the hard disk installation program continuously loops Chapter 3 Diagnostics 91 e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 25
372. tem to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to http www iom com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 267 Run the test again Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server that the air baffle is in place and correctly installed and that the server cover are installed and completely closed 8 Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained service technician only Replace the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting i i http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 125 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4
373. tem x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Serial port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician The number of serial ports that Make sure that are identified by the operating e Each port is assigned a unique address in the Setup utility program and system Is less than the number none of the serial ports is disabled of installed serial ports The serial port adapter if one is present is seated correctly Reseat the serial port adapter Replace the serial port adapter A serial device does not work Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector see Internal LEDs connectors and jumpers on page 17 Reseat the following components a Failing serial device b Serial cable Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Failing serial device b Serial cable c Trained service technician only Sys
374. tem x3100 M4 to display the matrix of downloadable files for the server 5 Download the latest server firmware update and the update tool UXSPI The flash memory of the server consists of a primary bank and a backup bank It is essential that you maintain the backup bank with a bootable firmware image If the primary bank becomes corrupted you can either manually boot the backup bank with the boot block jumper or in the case of image corruption this will occur automatically with the Automated Boot Recovery function In band manual recovery method To recover the server firmware and restore the server operation to the primary bank complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Handling static sensitive devices on page 165 2 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Unlock and remove the server cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 4 Locate the BIOS boot backup jumper JP2 on the system board 142 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Low security _N IMM SPI half jumper JP22 ROM enable JP12
375. ter 3 Diagnostics 55 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0021 2582xxxx PCI fault has been A PCI fault has detected for One of PCI been detected Error or All PCI Error 8061041 3 2582xxxx A PCI PERR has A PCI PERR has 56 occurred on system occurred Jol Sensor PCls 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Check the PCI LED Reseat the affected adapters and riser cards Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM2 and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is Supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove both adapters Replace the riser cards Trained technicians onl the system board see the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 Check the PCI LED Reseat the affected adapters and riser cards Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM2 and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the devic
376. ternal cables 3 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 4 Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 250 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide 5 Remove the air duct 6 Remove the heat sink from the microprocessor Attention The heat sink may become very hot during normal operation Allow time for the heat sink to cool down before you touch it a Loosen the screws and alternate among the screws until they break the seal with the microprocessor Press firmly on the captive screws and loosen them with a screwdriver Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor Important Be careful when you handle the microprocessor and heat sink If the microprocessor and heat sink will be reused do not contaminate the thermal material between them Heat sink A 2 A System board lt a Keo Attention The microprocessor retention latch is spring loaded when the microprocessor is in place Releasing the latch too quickly or allowing it to spring upward can damage the microprocessor and surrounding components 7 Release the microprocessor retention latch by pressing down on the end moving it to the side and slowly releasing it to the open up position
377. that you should follow to solve hardware problems in the server About the checkout procedure Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following information e Read the safety information that begins on page viil e The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the I O board Ethernet controller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devices If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly e When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or light path diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See a a seme out macio Weick information about diagnosing microprocessor problems e Before you run the diagnostic programs you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers that share external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic progra
378. the bezel on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps 1 Insert the three tabs on the bezel into the corresponding holes in the front of the server 2 Rotate the bezel to the server until it locks securely into place 3 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the lower bezel This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x To access the hard disk drives on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x you must first remove the lower bezel To remove the lower bezel on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 If you are replacing a non hot swap component turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Press the blue colored release button on the right side of the lower bezel and rotate the lower bezel downward to disengage from the chassis Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 171 gt NOO 4 If you are instructed to return the lower bezel follow all packaging instructi
379. the same in all the servers Machine type and model IMM2 firmware level Adapters and attachments in the same locations Address jumpers terminators and cabling Software versions and levels 148 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide e Diagnostic program type and version level e Configuration option settings e Operating system control file setup SeelAppendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 293 for information about calling IBM for service Chapter 3 Diagnostics 149 150 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 The following replaceable components are available for all models of the System x3100 M4 Type 2582 server except as specified otherwise in Table 9 on page 155 For an updated parts listing on the web complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 2 Under Product support click System x 3 Under Popular links click Parts documents lookup 4 From the Product family menu select System x3100 M4 and click Continue Replaceable server components The four types of replaceable components are e Consumables Purchase and replacement of consumables components such as batteries and printer cartridges that have depleting life is your responsibility
380. the server back up in its vertical position Install bezel see Installing the bezel on page 171 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server ee o p To install the front panel assembly on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see the above sub section 1 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat Attention Do not allow the server to fall over 2 Position the front end of the front panel assembly in the channel above bay 1 3 Push the front panel assembly toward the front of the chassis until it clicks into place Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 229 8 9 10 11 Front panel assembly A TL Reroute and connect the front panel assembly cable to the system board see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front panel connector Install the power supply cage and the power supplies see Installing the hot swap power supply cage on page 249 and Installing the hot swap power supply on page 245 Push the drives in bay 1 and bay 2 into the drive bays see Installing a DVD drive on page 185 and Installing a tape drive on page 190 for more information Stand the server back
381. the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an adapter or memory the server might have a memory address conflict The software is designed to operate on the server Other software works on the server The software works on another server If you receive any error messages when using the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem Contact your place of purchase of the software 92 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Run USB diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 94 Make sure that e The correct USB device driver is installed e The operating system supports USB devices Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Setup utility program If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from th
382. the yellow hard disk drive status LED for a drive is lit continuously it indicates that the drive is faulty and must be replaced If the green hard disk drive activity LED is flashing this indicates that the drive is being accessed Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a ServeRAID controller you might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you replace hard disk drives See the ServeRAID documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using ServeRAID Manager Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Removing a memory module 200 To remove a dual inline memory module DIMM on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Do Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct
383. these hazards ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit protection requirements Refer to the information that is provided with your device for electrical specifications XV IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Statement 15 A CAUTION Make sure that the rack is secured properly to avoid tipping when the server unit is extended Safety XVII Statement 26 A CAUTION Do not place any object on top of rack mounted devices Statement 27 O gt a O lt Hazardous moving parts are nearby oe Statement 35 A CAUTION Hazardous energy present Voltages with hazardous energy might cause heating when shorted with metal which might result in splattered metal burns or both gt Attention This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system whose maximum phase to phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault condition United Kingdom Notice to Customers This apparatus is approved under approval number NS G 1234 J 100003 for indirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom XVill IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 1 Start here You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures in this Problem Determination and Service Guide and on the IBM website This
384. tics 65 40000017 00000000 40000018 00000000 40000019 00000000 4000001a 00000000 4000001b 00000000 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician they are listed in the Action column until the problem ENET O IP Cfg HstName 1 IP 2 NetMsk 3 GW 4 1 CIM_DNSProtocol Endpoint Hostname 2 CIM_StaticlPSettingData IPv4Address 3 CIM_StaticlPSettingData SubnetMask 4 CIM_StaticlPSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress LAN Ethernet 0 interface is no longer active LAN Ethernet 0 interface is now active DHCP setting changed to argi by user arg2 Management Controller arg1 Configuration restored from a file by user arg2 An IMM IP address and configuration have been assigned using client data No action information only The IMM Ethernet interface has been disabled The IMM Ethernet interface has been enabled No action information only No action information only The specified user No action has changed the DHCP setting of the Integrated Management Module external network interface information only The specified user No action has restored the Integrated Management Module IMM configuration from a previously saved configuration file
385. tinued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test Description 166 822 xxx IMM2 IMM2 12C Test Aborted IMM2 12C test 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it stopped the from the power source You must destination Is disconnect the system from ac power unavailable to reset the IMM2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For more information and to download the utilities go to ttp www ibm com systems support upportsite wss ocdisplay brandind 5000008 Indocid SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM2 firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on
386. tion arg4 Room arg5 RacklID arg6 Rack U position arg7 Server Power Off Delay set to arg1 by user arg2 Info A user changed the SNMP community string A user changed the LDAP server configuration A user configured an LDAP Miscellaneous setting A user configured the Serial Port mode A user configured the Date and Time settings A user configured the Location setting A user configured the Server Power Off Delay No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only No action information only Chapter 3 Diagnostics 73 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000052 Server arg1 scheduled Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 for arg2 at arg3 by a Server Power user arg4 action at a specific time 40000053 Server arg1 scheduled Info A user configured No action information only 00000000 for every arg2 at a recurring Server arg3 by user arg4 Power Action 40000054 Server arg1 arg2 Info A user cleared a No action information only 00000000 clea
387. tion hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information 217 900 000 SAS SATA Disk Drive Test Failed The test detected a _ Reseat all hard disk drive backplane Hard Drive failure connections at both ends Reseat the all drives Run the test again Make sure that the firmware is at the latest level Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 405 901 xxx Intel Ethernet Test Control Failed A failure was _ Make sure that the component Device Registers detected while firmware is at the latest level The testing internal installed firmware level is shown in MAC registers the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 138 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 DSA Preboot messag
388. to produktu si p e t te p ru ku bezpe nostn ch instrukc L s sikkerhedsforskrifterne f r du installerer dette produkt Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften Ennen kuin asennat t m n tuotteen lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information Avant d installer ce produit lisez les consignes de s curit Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen ptv eykataot oeTte TO mnpoi v aut StaBdoTE Tic TANpoMopiec aop sta safety information TNMVIAN NWA NX XIP ATILIM WpNnnw 392 Limes A term k telep t se el tt olvassa el a Biztons gi el r sokat Prima di installare questo prodotto leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza N MORENI HERRE RERA HESA M38 SAlovl HA CA APS SACHA IIpex ma ce MHCTasIMpa OBO NPOYKT WpowtajTe nHMopMalnvyjata 3a Oe3beHOCT Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen Safety Information f r du installerer dette produktet Przed zainstalowaniem tego produktu nale y zapozna si z ksi k Informacje dotycz ce bezpiecze stwa Safety Information Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es sobre Seguran a epe yCTaHOBKOU npogyKTa NpOYTNTEe NHCTpyk nNN NO TeXHUKe 6eZzonaCHOCTM Pred in tal ciou tohto zariadenia si pe taje Bezpe nostn predpisy Pred namestitvijo tega proizvoda preberite Varnostne informacije Antes de instalar este producto lea la informaci n de seguridad L s s kerhetsinfor
389. toration from a file where a user by user arg2 restores a completed Management Controller configuration from a file and it completes 00000000 78 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000089 00000000 4000008a 00000000 4000008b 00000000 Management Controller arg1 Configuration restoration from a file by user arg2 failed to complete Management Controller arg1 Configuration restoration from a file by user arg2 failed to start One or more of the Storage Management IP addresses has changed This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file and the restoration fails to complete This message is for the use case where a user restores a Management Controller configuration from a file and the restoration fails to start This message is for the use case where an IP address for the Storage Management has changed No action information only No action information only No action information only Chapter 3 Diagnostics 79 Checkout procedure This section contains a checkout procedure
390. ts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed IBM power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 159 160 IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Democratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherland
391. ts the minimum configuration to start Recover the server firmware from the backup page a Restart the server b At the prompt press F3 to recover the firmware Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove components one at a time restarting the server each time to see if the problem goes away If the problem remains trained technician replace the system board No action information only 1 2 3 Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010f 2201x
392. ttp www iom com servers eserver serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0011002 Microprocessor mismatch Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at htto www iom com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 67 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0018005 Microprocessors with mismatched number of 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the cores ServerProven website at http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page i267 Trained service technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 0
393. u must be operating within the specifications Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor is installed correctly Trained technician only Replace microprocessor 44 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070201 0301xxxx Sensor CPU OverTemp Error A sensor has _ Make sure that the fans are has transitioned to changed to critical operating that there are no critical from a less state from a less obstructions to the airflow front severe state severe state and rear of the server that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Check the ambient temperature You must be operating within the specifications see for more information Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor is installed correctly Trained technician onl microprocessor see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink lon page 250 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 254 80070301 0301xxxx Sensor CPU OverTemp Error A sensor has _ Make sure that the fans are has transitioned to changed to operating that th
394. ully open the retaining clips on each end of the DIMM connector and remove the DIMM Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 201 cL Z ca 7 If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Retaining clip 202 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing a memory module The following notes describe the types of dual inline memory modules DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install DIMMs see System board internal connectors on page 17 The server supports industry standard 1066 1333 and 1600 MHz PC3 12800 single rank or dual rank double data rate 3 DDR3 registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs with error correcting code ECC For a list of supported options for the server see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us then select your country and navigate to the list of options for the server The maximum amount of memory that the server supports is dependent on the type of memory that you install in the server The amount of usable memory is reduced depending on the system configuration A certain amount of memory must be reserved for system resources To view the total amount of installed memory
395. up in its vertical position Install the upper bezel see Installing the upper bezel on page 175 Install the lower bezel see Installing the lower bezel on page 173 Install and lock the side cover see Installing the side cover on page 167 Reconnect the external cables and power cords then turn on the attached devices and turn on the server Removing the front USB connector assembly To remove the front USB connector assembly on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 Turn off the server and all attached devices then disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over Remove the side cover see Removing the side cover on page 166 Remove the air duct Disconnect the front USB cable from the system board and note the routing of the cable see System board internal connectors on page 17 for the location of the front USB connector Unscrew the front USB housing then tilt the top of the housing away from the chassis and lift the hou
396. ure that the operating system starts if an operating system is installed or that a 19990305 error code is displayed indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working correctly If the server is not working correctly see Chapter 1 Start here on page 1 and Chapter 3 Diagnostics on page 23 for diagnostic information Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working Place removed covers and other parts in a safe place lf you must start the server while the cover is removed make sure that no one is near the server and that no other objects have been left inside the server Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you If you have to lift a heavy object observe the following precautions Make sure that you stand safely without slipping Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet 163 Use a slow lifting force Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy object To avoid straining the muscles in your back lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical outlets for the server monitor and other devices Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives Have a small flat blade screwdriver a small Phillips screwdriver and a T8 torx screwdriver available Blue on a component indicates touch points wh
397. us laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 To install a DVD drive on 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies complete the following steps For the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x please see the next sub section 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 163 2 Follow the instructions that come with the drive to set jumpers or switches if there are any Note You might find it easier to install the new drive from the front and then attach the cables 3 Turn off the server and all peripheral devices then disconnect the power cords and all external cables 4 Remove the bezel see Removing the bezel on page 169 5 Carefully turn the server on its side so that it is lying flat with the cover facing up Attention Do not allow the server to fall over IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem D
398. vailable from IBM to assist you Use this information to obtain additional information about IBM and IBM products determine what to do if you experience a problem with your IBM system or optional device and determine whom to call for service if it is necessary Before you call Before you call make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself e Check all cables to make sure that they are connected e Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on e Check for updated firmware and operating system device drivers for your IBM product The IBM Warranty terms and conditions state that you the owner of the IBM product are responsible for maintaining and updating all software and firmware for the product unless it is covered by an additional maintenance contract Your IBM service technician will request that you upgrade your software and firmware if the problem has a documented solution within a software upgrade e If you have installed new hardware or software in your environment check http www iom com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us to make sure that the hardware and software is supported by your IBM product e Go to http www iobm com supportportal to check for information to help you solve the problem e Gather the following information to provide to IBM Support This data will help IBM Support quickly provide a solution to your prob
399. vary depending on the number and e One PCI Express x1 slot type of optional features installed and the power management optional features in use Notes The noise emission level stated is the declared upper limit sound power level in bels for a random sample of machines All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO 9296 10 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Server controls LEDs and power Front view This section describes the controls light emitting diodes LEDs and connectors on the front and rear of the server and how to turn the server on and off For the location of the LEDs on the system board see System board LEDs on page 18 Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your model The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the front of 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies System error LED Hard disk drive activity LED Power control button ETS Power on p J System error LED Hard disk drive activity LED Power control button
400. ve the hard disk drive fan duct See Removing the hard disk drive fan duct on page 214 7 Remove the microprocessor and heat sink see Removing the microprocessor and heat sink on page 250 Attention Remove the socket covers from the microprocessor sockets on the new system board and place them on the microprocessor sockets of the system board you are removing 8 Disengage the cables from any retention clips 9 Note where each cable is connected then disconnect all cables from the system board 260 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Attention Disengage all latches release tabs or locks on cable connectors when you disconnect all cables from the system board Failing to release them before removing the cables will damage the cable sockets on the system board The cable sockets on the system board are fragile Any damage to the cable sockets may require replacing the system board 10 Remove any of the following components in addition to others that might not be listed that are installed on the system board and put them in a safe static protective place e Adapters see Removing a ServeRAID adapter on page 176 e DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 203 e Battery see Removing the system battery on page 207 11 Remove the seven screws that secure the system board to the chassis System board 7 screws LL 12
401. vent logs through the Setup utility To view the POST event log or system event log complete the following steps 1 Zi Turn on the server When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the event logs Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures e To view the POST event log select POST Event Viewer e To view the IMM2 event log select System Event Log Viewing event logs without restarting the server When the server is not hung and the IMM2 is connected to a network methods are available for you to view one or more event logs without having to restart the server 24 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide If you have installed Portable Dynamic System Analysis DSA you can use it to view the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM2 event log as the ASM event log the operating system event logs or the merged DSA log You can also use DSA Preboot to view these logs although you must restart the server to use DSA Preboot To install Portable DSA DSA Preboot or to download a DSA Preboot CD image go to http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay Indocid SERV DSA amp brandind 5000008 If IPMItool is installed in the server you can use it to view the system event log Most recent versions of the Linux op
402. verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code system has occurred Sensor CPU Sensor Critical Int CPU Make sure that the two microprocessors are matching Trained technician onl the system board see the system board on page 258 Installing the system board on page 261 806f08 13 2581 xxxx a ie AS Error A bus Me 1 Check the system event log rror has occurred on uncorrectable error system 2 Check the ane error LEDs Sensor DIMMs Sensor Critical 3 Remove the failing DIMM from the Int DIMM system board see Removing a memory module on page 200 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed DIMMs are supported and configured correctly Trained technician onl the system board see the system board on page 25 Installing the system board on page 261 46 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician on
403. vice driver for the operating system Disable the watchdog Check the integrity of the installed operating system Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4000001e Running the backup The IMM was Update the IMM firmware 00000000 IMM main application unable to run the Important Some cluster solutions primary IMM require specific code levels or image and has coordinated code updates If the resorted to running device is part of a cluster solution the backup image verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Chapter 3 Diagnostics 67 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000001f O0000000 Please ensure that the The server does Update the IMM firmware to a version IMM is flashed with the not support the that the server supports correct firmware The installed IMM Important Some cluster solutions IMM is unable to match firmware version require specific code levels or its firmware to the coord
404. w to learn about ServerGuide features e View the readme file to review installation tips for your operating system and adapter e Start the operating system installation You will need your operating system CD Important Before you install a legacy operating system such as VMware on a server with an LSI SAS controller you must first complete the following steps 1 Update the device driver for the LSI SAS controller to the latest level 2 In the Setup utility set Legacy Only as the first option in the boot sequence in the Boot Manager menu 3 Using the LSI Configuration Utility program select a boot drive For detailed information and instructions go to https www 947 ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay Indocid MIGR 5083225 Typical operating system installation The ServerGuide program can reduce the time it takes to install an operating system It provides the device drivers that are required for your hardware and for the operating system that you are installing This section describes a typical ServerGuide operating system installation Note Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program 1 After you have completed the setup process the operating system installation program starts You will need your operating system CD to complete the installation 2 The ServerGuide program stores information about the server model service processor hard disk dr
405. wap 49Y8456 49Y8449 00D8857 90Y5210 00D8849 Operator information panel assembly Front USB connector assembly Bezel lower Hard disk drive fan duct System board assembly 4471572 4471574 4471575 00D4953 00D4957 00D4961 Memory 1 GB 1Rx8 UDIMM 1333 MHz DDR3 Memory 2 GB 1Rx8 UDIMM 1333 MHz DDR3 Memory 4 GB 2Rx8 UDIMM 1333 MHz DDR3 Memory 2GB 1Rx8 UDIMM 1600 MHz DDR3 Memory 4GB 2Rx8 UDIMM 1600 MHz DDR3 Memory 8GB 2Rx8 UDIMM 1600 MHz DDR3 S14 Microprocessor Core i3 2100 3 1GHz 2C 3MB cache Pe si po Bezel upper IA Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 155 Table 9 Parts listing for the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x For 4U server models with non hot swap power supplies please see Table 8 continued CRU part CRU part number number FRU part Description Tier 1 Tier 2 number 14 wiropacessor Xeon E9 1270 34GHe AC eMe cache ovamo 14 iropracessor Xeon 9 1260 5GHe 4C eMe cache eveoss 14 wiropracessor Xeon 9 1200 31GHe 4C eMe cache eves i4 wiropracessor Xeon E9 1250 3 2GHs CAMB cache awoon 14 wiroracesor Xeon E9 126012 4GHe 4C aMB cache aivoon i4 Miroprocessor Xeon E9 12001 22GHe 26 MB cache aves i4 Miraprocessor Pentium Gaso 29GHs 2C MB cache avoa 14 wiropracesor Xeon 9 1200v2 GH 4G eM cache ooness2 i4 iropracessor Xeon E9 1270v2 35Hz AC eM cache ooness3 1
406. ware setup tools and installation tools that are designed for the server Use this CD during the installation of the server to configure basic hardware features such as an integrated SAS SATA ServeRAID adapter with RAID capabilities and to simplify the installation of your operating system For information about using this CD see Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD on page 269 In addition to the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD you can use the following configuration programs to customize the server hardware e Setup utility The Setup utility is part of the basic input output system firmware Use it to change the startup device sequence set the date and time and set passwords For information about using this program see Using the Setup utility on page e Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is part of the server firmware Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the Setup utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the startup sequence For more information about using this program see Using the Boot Manager program on page 275 Note OPROM configuration utility is only available for emulex 10G card e integrated management module Il Use the integrated management module II IMM2 for configuration to update the firmware and sensor data record field replaceable unit SDR FRU data and to remotely manage a system For information about using these programs see
407. x To remove a hot swap hard disk drive on the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x complete the following steps 198 IBM System x3100 M4 Type 2582 Problem Determination and Service Guide Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each drive bay 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 163 Note You do not have to turn off the server to remove hot swap drives from the hot swap drive bays Remove the lower bezel see Removing the lower bezel on page 171 Rotate the drive tray handle of the drive assembly that is to be removed to the open position r Release latch Activity LED green Error LED yellow 2 5 inch hot swap Drive handle hard disk drive Grasp the handle of the drive assembly that is to be replaced and pull the assembly out of the bay If you are instructed to return the drive assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap hard disk drive This procedure applies only to the 5U server model with hot swap power supplies Model name 2582 F4x Before you install a hot swap hard disk drive read the following information The hot swap drives must be eit
408. xx Intel Ethernet Test Internal Failed A failure was _ Make sure that the component Device Memory detected while firmware is at the latest level The testing internal installed firmware level is shown in se the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Run the test again 3 Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see to assign a unique interrupt to the device Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 139 Table 7 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved See Chapter 4 Parts listing System x3100 M4 Type 2582 on page 151 to determine which components are customer replaceable units CRU and which components are field replaceable units FRU If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only
409. xxx The System 1 Error The System _ Make sure the server meets the encountered a POST encountered a minimum configuration to start a o i Update the server firmware on the CIM_ComputerSystem Firmware Error ine poo l ElementName Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board 806f052b 2101xxxx IMM2 FW Failover has Error Invalid or _ Make sure the server meets the been detected unsupported minimum configuration to start firmware or software was detected Recover the server firmware from the backup page a Restart the server b At the prompt press F3 to recover the firmware Update the server firmware to the latest level see firmware on page 267 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Remove components one at a time restarting the server each time to see if the problem goes away If the problem remains trained technician only replace the system board General messages 806f0023 2101xxxx Watchdog Timer Info A watchdog timer No action inform
410. xxxx 806f000d 0406xxxx 806f000d 0407xxxx 816f000d 0400xxxx 816f000d 0401 xxxx 816f000d 0402xxxx 816f000d 0403xxxx 816f000d 0404xxxx 816f000d 0405xxxx 816f000d 0406xxxx 816f000d 0407xxxx Drive n has been Info added n hard disk drive number The Drive n Status has Error been removed from unit n hard disk drive number A drive has been A drive has been No action information only Reseat hard disk drive n n hard disk drive number Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling the drive Replace the hard disk drive Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller firmware is at the latest level Check the SAS cable 806f010d 0400xxxx The Drive n Status has Error A drive has been 806f010d 0401xxxx been disabled due to a disabled because 806f010d 0402xxxx detected fault n hard of a fault 806f010d 0403xxxx disk drive number 806f010d 0404xxxx 806f010d 0405xxxx 806f010d 0406xxxx 806f010d 0407xxxx Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n Reseat the following components a Hard disk drive wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling the drive Cable from the system board to the backplane Replace the following components one at atime in the order shown restarting the server each time a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane c Hard disk drive backplane n hard disk drive number 806f020d 0400xxxx The Drive n Status has
411. y set by user the Global Login arg1 Account Security PasswordRequired Settings to Legacy arg2 PasswordExpiration Period arg3 MinimumPassword ReuseCycle arg4 MinimumPassword Length arg5 MinimumPassword Changelnterval arg6 MaxmumLoginFailures arg7 LockoutAfterMaxFailures arg8 MinimumDifferent Characters arg9 DefaultIDExpired arg10 ChangePasswordFirst Access arg11 40000064 User arg1 created Info A user account No action information only 00000000 was created Chapter 3 Diagnostics 75 40000063 00000000 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000065 User arg1 removed Info A user account No action information only 00000000 was deleted 40000066 User arg1 password Info A user account No action information only 00000000 modified was changed 40000067 User arg1 role setto Info A user account No action information only 00000000 arg2 role assigned 40000068 User arg1 custom Info User account No action information only 00000000 privileges set arg2 priveleges assigned 40000069 User arg1 for SNMPv3 00000000 set AuthenticationProtocol arg2 PrivacyProtocol arg3 Access Type arg4 HostforTr
412. ystem information you cannot change settings directly in the system information This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only System Summary Select this choice to view configuration information including the ID speed and cache size of the microprocessors machine type and model of the server the serial number the system UUID and the amount of installed memory When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setup utility the changes are reflected in the system summary you cannot change settings directly in the system summary Product Data Select this choice to view the system board identifier the revision level or issue date of the firmware the integrated management module II and diagnostics code and the version and date This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only System Settings Select this choice to view or change the server component settings Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 2 1 Processors Select this choice to view or change the processor settings Memory Select this choice to view or change the memory settings Devices and I O Ports Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input output I O ports You can configure the serial ports configure remote console redirection enable or disable integrated Ethernet controllers If you disable a device it cannot be configured and the operating system will not be able to detect

User Manual - iStorage Networks

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents